WO2015100553A1 - Method and device for judging service continuity - Google Patents

Method and device for judging service continuity Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015100553A1
WO2015100553A1 PCT/CN2013/090954 CN2013090954W WO2015100553A1 WO 2015100553 A1 WO2015100553 A1 WO 2015100553A1 CN 2013090954 W CN2013090954 W CN 2013090954W WO 2015100553 A1 WO2015100553 A1 WO 2015100553A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdn connection
service
information
pgw
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/090954
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
熊春山
魏鑫鹏
时晓岩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2013/090954 priority Critical patent/WO2015100553A1/en
Priority to CN201910413200.2A priority patent/CN110430607B/en
Priority to CN201380034764.6A priority patent/CN105009673B/en
Publication of WO2015100553A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015100553A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/12Reselecting a serving backbone network switching or routing node

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a service continuity determination method and device. Background technique
  • service continuity refers to the feature of ensuring that the ongoing network service is not interrupted. Especially in the mobile network, ensuring service continuity is an important feature of the network.
  • the continuity of network services can be implemented in a variety of ways, for example, through the relevant mechanisms of the application layer, or through the network layer, such as the mechanism of the Internet Protocol (IP) layer.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the continuity of some services is achieved by ensuring that the IP address of the User Equipment (UE) remains unchanged throughout the service session.
  • the IP address anchor used by the UE does not change in any state.
  • the IP address anchor here usually refers to some gateways in the network, for example, the third generation cooperation.
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • the network selects a PGW for the UE to connect to a specific Packet Data Network (PDN), and then regardless of the UE.
  • PDN Packet Data Network
  • the mobile will allow the UE to use the previously used PGW to connect to the PDN network, that is, regardless of how the UE moves its network traffic, it will first route to the previously used PGW, and then the PGW enters the PDN network.
  • the UE starts to be located in Beijing.
  • the network selects the PGW located in Beijing. Afterwards, the UE moves to Guangzhou.
  • the UE in order to ensure the continuity of the UE service, the UE will still be located in the UE. Instead of selecting a PGW located in Guangzhou to access the PDN network, Beijing's PGW. In fact, not all services on the UE need to maintain service continuity. When there is no service in the UE that needs to maintain service continuity on a PDN connection, there is no need to maintain service continuity for the UE on the PDN connection. Sex. For a UE that does not need to maintain service continuity, if the network still selects the PGW used before, then when the UE moves to a location far away from the original PGW, the traffic flow between it and the PDN network will go through a long time. Transmission path, this will make A huge waste of routing resources.
  • SIPTO Selected IP Traffic Offload
  • the user can select a PGW that is closer to the user for the user during the mobile process.
  • the change of the PGW will cause the IP address of the UE to change. If the UE has a service that does not change the IP address before the UE exists. , then the user's previous business will be interrupted after using SIPTO. Summary of the invention
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a service continuity determination method and device, which can ensure that services of a UE that needs to maintain service continuity are normally continuous, and can select a more suitable PGW for a UE that does not need to ensure service continuity, so that the path of the UE is better.
  • a first aspect of the present invention provides a method for processing business continuity, including:
  • the mobility management entity MME acquires service continuity information of the PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE;
  • the MME determines, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity;
  • the MME selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish a new PDN with the new PGW.
  • the MME maintains a connection between the UE and the original PGW.
  • the mobility management entity MME acquires service continuity information of a PDN connection of a packet data network of the user equipment UE, including:
  • the network device is any one of a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
  • the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, and includes:
  • the MME receives service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW.
  • the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, and includes:
  • the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW.
  • the MME when the network device is the original PGW, the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, including:
  • the MME receives service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW.
  • the MME acquires service continuity of a packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE Information, including:
  • the MME receives service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW.
  • the mobility management entity MME acquires service continuity information of a PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE, including:
  • the MME acquires continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and acquires the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
  • Business continuity information including:
  • the MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection;
  • the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous
  • the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the MME acquires continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and acquires the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
  • Business continuity information including:
  • the MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection;
  • the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy
  • the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous
  • the MME determines The business continuity of the PDN is not required to be continuous.
  • the MME acquires each bearer on the PDN connection Continuity information, including:
  • the MME receives continuity information of each bearer connected to the PDN sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE.
  • the triggering condition is any one of the following conditions: a mobility management event occurs, a new service is initiated, an original service ends, and an evolved packet system Creation of EPS bearers, modification of EPS bearers, and deletion of EPS bearers.
  • the MME selects a new one for the UE
  • the packet data gateway PGW including:
  • the MME acquires related information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN is connected, where the information about the PGW corresponding to the APN includes: distance information between the PGW and the UE And delay information of each of the PGWs and the UE, and load information of each of the PGWs;
  • the MME selects a new PGW for the UE from the PGWs according to the related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN and the actual requirement of the UE.
  • the acquiring, by the MME, distance information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, and the UE includes:
  • the MME sends a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS, and is used to query each PGW information corresponding to the APN.
  • the MME receives an Internet Protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS, and the MME determines a distance between each PGW and the UE according to an IP address of each PGW.
  • the MME acquires related information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, including: the MME is pre-configured
  • the database queries the related information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs.
  • the MME is the
  • the UE selects a new packet data gateway PGW, including:
  • the MME determines, according to the second operator selection policy, whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE.
  • the second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in an EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE Selecting a new PGW for the UE, or selecting a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, or when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity. A new PGW is selected for the UE.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a method for processing business continuity, including:
  • the network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection; the network device acquires service continuity information of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
  • the network device acquires the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous
  • the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • the network device acquires the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the network device determines whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy
  • the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous
  • the network device determines The business continuity of the PDN is not required Keep it continuous.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the PCRF receives the service flow characteristic information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF; the PCRF determines the service continuity of the services according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtains the service continuity of the services. information.
  • the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
  • the PCRF determines, according to the service flow characteristic information of each service Business continuity of each business, including:
  • the PCRF determines the service continuity of the services according to the service flow characteristic information of each service and the service continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the PCRF receives the service continuity information of the services sent by the packet detection entity TDF, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the protocol between the packet data gateway PGW and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE is a wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol;
  • the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
  • the network device is a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF
  • the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
  • the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
  • the PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the S-GW.
  • the network device is configured to serve the UE
  • the PGW the network device acquires service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and includes:
  • the PGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information determination;
  • the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
  • the PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME by using an SGW serving the UE.
  • the network device is configured to serve the UE
  • the PGW the network device acquires service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and includes:
  • the PGW acquires service flow characteristic information of each service when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection;
  • the network device is The SGW of the UE, the network device acquiring the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the SGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information is determined.
  • the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the SGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information determination;
  • the network device obtains, by the network device, the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous
  • the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the SGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service. ;
  • the network device obtains, by the network device, the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
  • the SGW determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy
  • the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous
  • the SGW determines The business continuity of the PDN is not required to be continuous.
  • the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobile management entity MME, including:
  • the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, and the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
  • the network device After the preset time length, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides a mobility management entity MME, including:
  • the obtaining module 12 is configured to obtain service continuity information of the PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE;
  • a determining module configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity when the trigger condition is met;
  • a gateway selection module configured to: when the determination result of the determining module is yes, select a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instruct the UE to disconnect from an original PGW serving the UE, and indicate Establishing, by the UE, a new PDN connection with the new PGW;
  • connection maintaining module configured to maintain a connection between the UE and the original PGW when the determining result of the determining module is negative.
  • the acquiring module is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by a network device, where The service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the network device according to continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the network device is any one of a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
  • the acquiring module is specifically configured to:
  • the acquiring module is specifically configured to:
  • the determining module is specifically used to:
  • the determining module is specifically used to:
  • the determining module is specifically used to:
  • the determining module is specifically used to:
  • the triggering condition is any one of the following conditions : Mobility management event occurrence, new service initiation, legacy service termination, evolution of packet system EPS bearer, modification of EPS bearer, and deletion of EPS bearer.
  • the gateway selection module includes:
  • an acquiring unit configured to acquire information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, where the related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: the PGW and the UE Distance information, delay information of each of the PGWs and the UE, Load information of each of the PGWs;
  • a determining unit configured to select a new PGW for the UE from the PGWs according to related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN and an actual requirement of the UE.
  • the acquiring unit is specifically configured to:
  • the acquiring unit is specifically configured to:
  • the information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs is queried from the pre-configured database.
  • the gateway selection module is specifically configured to:
  • the second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in an EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE state, being the UE Selecting a new PGW, or selecting a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, or selecting a new one for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity PGW.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, including:
  • a first obtaining module configured to obtain service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection
  • a second obtaining module configured to acquire service continuity information of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
  • a sending module configured to send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME.
  • the second acquiring module is specifically configured to: Determining whether the services need to maintain a connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
  • the second acquiring module is specifically configured to:
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the first acquiring module includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive service flow characteristic information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF;
  • a determining unit configured to determine service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtain service continuity information of each service.
  • the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the first acquiring module is specifically configured to:
  • the service continuity information of the services sent by the packet detection entity TDF is received, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the protocol between the packet data gateway PGW and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE is a wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol;
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME by using the PGW and the S-GW.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME by using the S-GW.
  • the network device is configured to serve the UE
  • the PGW the second acquiring module is specifically configured to:
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME by using an SGW serving the UE.
  • the network device is configured to serve the UE
  • the PGW the first acquiring module is specifically configured to: Obtaining service flow characteristic information of each service when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection;
  • the network device is configured to serve the UE
  • the SGW the first acquiring module is specifically configured to:
  • the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF is received, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, where the first acquiring module is specifically configured to:
  • the second obtaining module includes:
  • a bearer continuity determining unit configured to determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
  • a determining unit configured to determine, according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
  • a continuity determining unit of the PDN connection configured to determine, according to the judgment result of the determining unit, whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous
  • the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be maintained Continuously, the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the first acquiring module is specifically configured to:
  • the second obtaining module includes:
  • a bearer continuity determining unit configured to determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
  • a determining unit configured to determine, when the bearer continuity determining unit determines that any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, determine whether the PDN connection meets a first operator selection policy
  • a continuity determining unit of the PDN connection configured to determine, according to the judgment result of the determining unit, whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous
  • the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous
  • the continuity determining unit determines that the business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a mobility management entity MME, including:
  • a receiver configured to acquire service continuity information of a PDN connection of a packet data network of a user equipment UE;
  • a processor configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity when the trigger condition is met;
  • the processor selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish a new with the new PGW. PDN connection; If so, the processor maintains the UE's connection with the original PGW.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device is received, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the network device according to continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the network device is any one of a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver when the network device is the original PGW, the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically used to:
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the receiver is specifically used to:
  • the MME determines The business continuity of the PDN is not required to be continuous.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to: The continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW of the UE service.
  • the trigger condition is any one of the following conditions : Mobility management event occurrence, new service initiation, legacy service termination, evolution of packet system EPS bearer, modification of EPS bearer, and deletion of EPS bearer.
  • each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs includes: distance information of each PGW and the UE, and the Delay information of each PGW and the UE, and load information of each PGW;
  • the method further includes:
  • a transmitter configured to send a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS, for querying each P G W information corresponding to the APN;
  • the receiver is further configured to: receive an internet protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS;
  • the processor is specifically configured to: determine, according to an IP address of each PGW received by the receiver, a distance between each PGW and the UE.
  • the processor is specifically used to:
  • the information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs is queried from the pre-configured database.
  • the processor is specifically used to:
  • the second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in an EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE, selecting the UE a new PGW, or, when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, does not need to select a new PGW for the UE, or select a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity. .
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, including:
  • a receiver configured to obtain service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection
  • the processor configured to acquire the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection acquired by the receiver Business continuity information
  • a transmitter configured to send the service continuity of the PDN connection to a mobility management entity MME
  • the processor is specifically used to:
  • the processor is specifically used to:
  • the network device is a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the service continuity of the respective services is determined according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and the service continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the service continuity information of the services sent by the packet detection entity TDF is received, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF
  • the protocol between the packet data gateway PGW and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE is a wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol;
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to: send, by the PGW and the S-GW, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF
  • the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to: send, by using the S-GW, service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the network device is configured to serve the UE
  • the PGW the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to: send, by the SGW serving the UE, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the network device is configured to serve the UE
  • the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the PGW acquires service flow characteristic information of each service when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection;
  • the network device is configured to serve the UE
  • the SGW the receiver is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF The service flow characteristic information of each service is determined.
  • the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the processor is specifically configured to: determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
  • the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the receiver is specifically configured to:
  • the processor is specifically configured to: determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
  • the transmitter is specifically used to:
  • the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to:
  • the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a service continuity determination method and device, where the MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE, and determines whether the PDN connection needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection; if the PDN connection does not need to be maintained If the service is continuous, the MME selects a new PGW for the UE. If the PDN connection needs to keep the service continuous, the MME maintains the UE's connection with the original PGW.
  • the foregoing method can ensure that the services of the UEs that need to maintain service continuity are normally continuous, and select a more suitable PGW for the UE that does not need to ensure service continuity without affecting the service continuity of each service in the PDN connection.
  • the UE has a better path and saves routing resources.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the basic architecture of a 3GPP network
  • Embodiment 1 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a method for processing business continuity of the present invention
  • Embodiment 3 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention
  • Embodiment 4 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 6 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 7 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 8 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 7 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 8 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention
  • FIG. 10 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 9 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a mobility management entity according to the present invention; a schematic diagram of the structure;
  • Embodiment 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 3 of a mobility management entity is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to the present invention. detailed description
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a basic architecture of a 3GPP network. As shown in FIG. 1 , in this architecture, access is required.
  • a Packet Data Network (PDN) the UE needs to be connected to a specific PGW, which is responsible for allocating the IP address of the PDN network to the UE.
  • the PGW that can be connected to a PDN in the 3GPP network may be There will be more than one.
  • the network between the UE and the PGW is the network of the operator, and the main network
  • An evolved universal terrestrial radio access network e-UTRAN
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • SGW Service A gateway
  • PCRF Policy Control Rule Function
  • TDF Traffic Detection Function
  • the solution of the present invention can be mainly divided into two aspects: the first aspect, judging the service continuity characteristic of a certain PDN connection of the UE, and determining whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous; the second aspect, the network device is based on the obtained PDN.
  • the connected service continuity information is a process for the UE to select an appropriate PGW selection.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for processing a service continuity of the present invention.
  • a process in which the MME selects a suitable PGW for the UE according to the obtained service continuity information is as described in FIG.
  • the business continuity method provided includes the following steps:
  • Step 101 The MME obtains service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE.
  • the service continuity refers to whether the service of the user is allowed to be interrupted. That is, when the IP address used by the UE changes, whether the ongoing service of the UE can continue to be normal. If the IP address of the UE changes, the services being performed by the UE are not affected, and the service can still be performed normally. This type of service is called a service that does not need to maintain service continuity. For example, the service that the user accesses the Web page, when the IP of the UE When the address changes, it does not affect the user's access to the Web page. Therefore, the service accessing the Web page is a service that does not need to maintain business continuity. If the IP address of the UE changes, the service is interrupted by the UE.
  • VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol
  • VoIP service a service that needs to maintain service continuity
  • VoIP service Called VoIP, if the IP address of the UE changes during the call, then the normal pass The call process is interrupted, so the VoIP service is a service that needs to maintain business continuity.
  • IP layer The mechanism of the network layer is mainly implemented by ensuring that the IP address of the UE remains unchanged throughout the service session.
  • IP address anchor used in any state (for example, the mobile state).
  • the IP address anchor here usually refers to some gateways in the network. For example, the PGW in the 3GPP network, as long as the PGW used by the UE is unchanged, the IP address of the UE remains unchanged.
  • the service continuity information of the PDN connection or the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection includes the following three situations: (a) need to maintain service continuity; (b) only in the evolved group Evolved Packet System (EPS) EPS Connection Management-CONNECED (ECM-CONNECED) needs to maintain business continuity; (c) does not need to maintain business continuity, etc., only three are listed here.
  • Business continuity information but the invention is not limited thereto, and the continuity information of the service may also include other information.
  • the MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE, and can adopt the following two methods:
  • the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the network device according to the continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the network device may be any one of a Policy Control Rule Function (PCRF), an original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
  • PCRF Policy Control Rule Function
  • the PCRF, the original PGW, and the SGW can determine the service continuity of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the MME receives the network device.
  • the service continuity information of the sent PDN connection is specifically: The MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW. After the PCRF determines the service continuity of the PDN connection, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the original PGW, and the original PGW is sent to the SGW. Sent to the MME by the SGW.
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • GTP General Packet Radio Service
  • the MME receives the PDN connection service sent by the network device.
  • the continuity information is specifically: The MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW. That is, after the PCRF determines the service continuity of the PDN connection, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is directly sent to the SGW, and is sent by the SGW to the MME. In this process, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is not sent to the original PGW.
  • the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, specifically: the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW. That is, after the PGW determines the service continuity of the PDN connection, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the SGW, and then sent by the SGW to the MME.
  • the MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE, specifically: the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW. That is, after the SGW determines the service continuity of the PDN connection, the SGW directly sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
  • the MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and specifically: the MME receives the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE.
  • the MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection, and specifically: the MME determines whether the bearers on the PDN connection need to be continuous according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection; The MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, and if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the MME determines The service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous, but the PDN connection If the first operator selection policy is not satisfied, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the first carrier selection policy may include a type of PDN connection that needs to maintain service continuity, and the operator may formulate different policies for different types of PDN connections when formulating the first operator selection policy, some PDNs. Connections need to maintain business continuity, and other PDN connections do not need to maintain business continuity.
  • the MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to remain connected according to the type of the current PDN connection.
  • the first carrier selection policy may further include the subscription information of the user, where the subscription information of the user records the service continuity information of the PDN, that is, the PDN needs to maintain service continuity or does not need to maintain service continuity, and the MME may It is determined whether the PDN connection needs to remain connected according to the service continuity information of the PDN recorded in the user subscription information.
  • the first carrier selection policy is determined by the operator, and the policies formulated by the different operators may be different. Therefore, the first operator selection policy mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention may also be other policies, and the present invention does not limit.
  • Step 102 When the trigger condition is met, the MME determines, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous.
  • the MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, where the trigger condition may be any one of the following conditions: mobility management Event occurrence, new service initiation, end of legacy service, creation of EPS bearer, modification of EPS bearer, and deletion of EPS.
  • the creation of the EPS bearer, the modification of the EPS bearer, and the deletion of the EPS are both session management events.
  • the MME determines that the UE has performed location update, or the UE switches to a new MME, or has an event related to the PDN connection.
  • the MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, that is, the MME determines whether it is necessary to select a new PGW for the UE.
  • the event related to the PDN connection may specifically refer to: Initiate or end, create, modify, and delete EPS Bearer. If the result of the determination is no, step 103 is performed. If the result of the determination is yes, then step 104 is performed.
  • Step 103 The MME selects a new PGW for the UE, and instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish a new PDN connection with the new PGW.
  • the UE may select a new PGW for the UE, and the MME selects a new PGW for the UE,
  • the MME obtains information about each PGW corresponding to an Access Point Name (APN) to which the original PDN is connected, where the information about each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: distance information between each PGW and the UE.
  • APN Access Point Name
  • the MME obtains the distance information of the PGWs of the PGWs corresponding to the APNs to which the original PDN connection belongs, and specifically: the MME sends a DNS query request to the DNS server by using a standard Domain Name System (DNS) query process.
  • DNS Domain Name System
  • the DNS server returns the IP address of each PGW corresponding to the APN to which the original PDN connection belongs to the MME
  • the MME receives the IP address of each PGW corresponding to the APN to which the original PDN connection is sent by the DNS, according to The IP address of each PGW and the location information of the UE determine the distance between each PGW and the UE.
  • the MME may generate a distance sorting list of the PGW according to the distance between each PGW and the UE, or generate a delay sorting list of the PGW according to the delay of each PGW and the UE, or according to the load of each PGW from small to large.
  • the load list of the PGW is generated, and the optimal PGW is selected according to the sorted list.
  • the location information of the UE may be a Cell Identity (cell ID), a Tracking Area Identity (TAI), or Base station identification (eNB ID), etc.
  • the MME obtains information about each PGW corresponding to the APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, and may also: query the information about each PGW corresponding to the APN to which the original PDN connection belongs from the pre-configured database, of course, The MME can also obtain information about the PGW from the Operation Administration and Maintenance (OAM) center or other external database.
  • OAM Operation Administration and Maintenance
  • the criterion for the MME to select a suitable PGW for the UE may include multiple aspects, such as the MME selecting a PGW that is closest to the current location of the UE, or selecting a smaller PGW, or selecting a PGW with a shorter routing path between the UEs, and the like.
  • the MME may also need to consider the network policy of the operator, that is, the MME needs to determine whether to select a new PGW for the UE according to the second operator selection policy, and meet the second operator selection policy.
  • the MME selects a new PGW for the UE, and the second operator selection policy is determined by the operator.
  • the second operator selection policy may be: when the PDN connection of the UE is in the ECM-IDLE state, the new PGW is selected for the UE. Or, it is not required when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state. Selecting a new PGW for the UE, or selecting a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity, or, in any case, does not select a new PGW for the UE.
  • the selection strategy formulated by different operators may be different.
  • the second carrier selection policy may also be other policies, and the present invention does not limit this.
  • the second operator selects a policy to select a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE is in the EPS Connection Management-IDLE (ECM-IDLE)
  • ECM-IDLE EPS Connection Management-IDLE
  • the MME selects a new PGW for the UE only when the PDN connection of the UE is in the ECM-IDLE state. If the PDN connection of the UE is in the ECM-CONNECTION state, the PDN connection of the UE needs to be Keeping continuous, the MME cannot select a new PGW for the UE.
  • the UE's PDN connection has an ECM-CONNECED state and an ECM-IDLE state.
  • ECM-CONNECED state the UE is connected to the network to perform normal services.
  • ECM-IDLE state the UE is in an idle state, and the UE is disconnected from the network. The UE has no service.
  • the MME determines to select a new PGW for the PDN connection of the UE, initiates a process of disconnecting the PDN connection between the UE and the original PGW, and requests the UE to initiate a new PDN connection establishment process based on the same APN, in which the MME initiates the UE.
  • PDN connection disconnection process which deletes all context information related to the PDN connection in the network.
  • the MME instructs the UE to use the original PDN to connect to the APN to select a new PGW, and then completes the establishment of a new PDN connection between the UE and the new PGW.
  • Step 104 The MME maintains a connection between the UE and the original PGW.
  • the MME determines that the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, it indicates that the service carried in the PDN connection needs to be continuous.
  • the IP address of the UE needs to be kept unchanged. , The new PGW cannot be selected for the UE, and the UE still uses the original PGW for communication.
  • the method provided in this embodiment obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE, and determines whether the PDN connection needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection. If the PDN connection does not need to maintain the service continuity, the UE selects the UE. The new PGW, if the PDN connection needs to keep the traffic continuous, then keep the UE connected to the original PGW.
  • the foregoing method can ensure that the services of the UEs that need to maintain service continuity are normal and continuous, and do not need to ensure service continuity without affecting the service continuity of each service in the PDN connection.
  • the UE selects a more suitable PGW, which makes the UE's path better and saves routing resources.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • a service continuity characteristic of a PDN connection of a UE is determined, and it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous.
  • the service continuity processing method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 201 The network device acquires service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the network device may be any one of a PCRF, a PGW serving the UE, or an SGW.
  • the network device When the network device is a PCRF, the network device obtains the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection in two ways: The first acquisition mode, and the PCRF packet detection entity (Traffic Detection Function, TDF) The service flow characteristic information of each service; the PCRF determines the service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtains business continuity information of each service.
  • TDF Traffic Detection Function
  • the second acquisition mode the PCRF receives the service continuity information of each service sent by the TDF, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • the TDF detects the start and end of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the specific detection method may be, for example, a deep packet. Detecting (Deep Packet Inspection, DPI) technology, and obtaining service flow characteristic information of the service according to the detection result, where the service flow characteristic information may be any information related to the service flow, such as quintuple information of the service or Application layer information of the service.
  • the quintuple information of the service includes: original IP address, destination IP address, original port number, destination port number, and protocol type.
  • the PCRF determines the service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, specifically: the PCRF is based on the service flow characteristic information of each service, and is pre-stored or The business continuity characteristic information of various services obtained by the external database (third-party service platform or DPI database) determines the business continuity of each service. That is, the business continuity information of each service is pre-stored on the PCRF, that is, which service needs to maintain continuity, which service does not need to maintain continuity, and then, according to the acquired service flow The information is matched with the business continuity of the pre-stored services.
  • the PCRF stores the business continuity information of the QQ service and the VoIP service, and the service continuity information of the QQ service does not need to maintain continuity, and the VoIP The service continuity information of the service needs to be kept continuous.
  • the PCRF determines whether the service is a QQ service according to the information of the quintuple information and the application layer information in the obtained service feature flow information. If it is a QQ service, it determines that the service is not Business continuity needs to be maintained. If the service is a VoIP service, it is determined that the service needs to maintain business continuity.
  • the TDF detects the service, and after obtaining the service flow characteristic information of the service, determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service, and the TDF can adopt the same method as the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information. Determine the business continuity of the business, and will not go into details here.
  • the network device When the network device is a PGW serving the UE, the network device obtains the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and the method is as follows: The first acquisition mode, the PGW receives the PDN connection sent by the PCRF. The service continuity information of the service, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service. In the second acquisition mode, when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the PGW obtains the service flow characteristic information of each service, and the PGW determines the service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtains the service continuity of each service. Business continuity information. The service flow characteristic information of each service can be detected by the TDF and then sent to the PGW.
  • the network device When the network device is the SGW that serves the UE, the network device obtains the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, where the SGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where, the PDN The service continuity of each service carried on the connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • Step 202 The network device acquires service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the network device obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and specifically: the network device determines whether each service needs to be maintained according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection. Continuously; if any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the services carried on the PDN connection are Without continuing to be contiguous, the network device determines that the business continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • the network device determines that any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, and the network device determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, if the PDN connection meets the first carrier selection.
  • the policy determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the services on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any service on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first carrier selection.
  • the policy then the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • Business continuity information for PDN connections includes: (a) business continuity needs to be maintained; (b) business continuity does not need to be maintained; (c) business continuity needs to be maintained only in the ECM-CONNECTED state.
  • the network device updates the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of the service.
  • the principle of judging the service continuity of the entire PDN connection by the service continuity information of each service is: The PDN connection is not required only when all the services carried on the PDN connection do not need to maintain service continuity. Maintain business continuity; if there is a service in the PDN connection that needs to maintain business continuity, the PDN connection needs to maintain business continuity.
  • the service continuity information of each service of the PDN connection has priority, and the priority of the business continuity is (a), (b), (c), and the business continuity of the PDN connection is high. It is consistent with the business continuity of the highest priority service in the PDN connection.
  • the network device may maintain a counter for the service continuity of each service in the context of the PDN connection, and the counter is used for recording The number of services of the business continuity corresponding to the counter, the initial value of the counter is 0. Whenever a service is established, the corresponding counter of the service continuity corresponding to the service is incremented by one, whenever a service ends. The value of the counter corresponding to the service continuity corresponding to the service is decremented by 1. The value of the counter is 0, indicating that there is no service in the PDN connection that needs to maintain service continuity.
  • the network device obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, specifically: the SGW is based on the PDN.
  • the service continuity information of each service carried on the connection determines the continuity of the bearers on the PDN connection.
  • the SGW determines whether the bearers on the PDN connection need to be continuous according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection; if any of the PDN connections are contiguous; If a bearer needs to be continuous, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain contiguous, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the SGW determines the continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection. If any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous, the SGW further determines whether the PDN satisfies the carrier first. If the PDN connection satisfies the first carrier selection policy, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous However, the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, and the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • Step 203 The network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the network device When the network device is a PCRF, and the protocol between the PGW and the S-GW is the GTP protocol, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME, specifically: the PCRF sends the PDN connection to the MME through the PGW and the S-GW.
  • the service continuity information that is, the PCRF first sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the PGW, and the PGW forwards the information to the SGW, and the PGW sends the information to the SGW.
  • the network device When the network device is a PCRF, and the protocol between the PGW and the SGW is the PMIPv6 protocol, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME, specifically: the PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the SGW, that is, The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection directly to the SGW, and then sends the information to the MME by the SGW, without passing through the PGW.
  • the PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the SGW, that is, The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection directly to the SGW, and then sends the information to the MME by the SGW, without passing through the PGW.
  • the network device When the network device is a PGW, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME, specifically: the PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the SGW, that is, the PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW. , sent by the SGW to the MME.
  • a new message parameter may be defined to carry the service continuity information of the PDN connection, such as defining a PDN connection service type.
  • the network device can be surely configured to reduce the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME. If the UE initiates a new service, and the new service does not need to maintain service continuity, and all the services of the UE before the new service do not need to maintain service continuity, the service continuity of the PDN connection is still unnecessary. Keeping continuous, the service continuity information of the PDN connection does not change, and the network device does not need to repeatedly send messages that do not need to maintain business continuity.
  • the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuously changed to need to be continuous.
  • the service continuity information of the PDN connection changes, and the network device needs to send a message to maintain service continuity. In the above manner, only when the service continuity information of the PDN connection changes, the network device sends a service continuity message to the MME, thereby reducing resources occupied by the service continuity information.
  • the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME after the preset time length, so as to prevent the UE from establishing different services in a short time when the PDN connection is just established.
  • the network device needs to send service continuity information of multiple PDN connections to the MME in a short period of time, resulting in waste of resources.
  • the MME obtains the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and obtains the service continuity of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and connects the service of the PDN connection.
  • the continuity information is sent to the MME, so that the MME maintains the connection between the UE and the original PGW for the UE that needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE, and selects a new PGW for the UE that does not need to maintain service continuity, which can ensure
  • the services of the UEs that need to maintain the continuity of the service are normal and continuous, and can select a more suitable PGW for the UEs that do not need to ensure the continuity of the service, without affecting the service continuity of the services in the PDN connection, so that the path of the UE is better. , saving routing resources.
  • a service continuity of a PDN connection is determined by a PCRF, and service continuity information of a PDN connection is sent to an MME.
  • the scenario for the example is that the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW adopts the GTP protocol.
  • the PCRF can connect the PDN-connected service.
  • the continuity feature information is passed directly to the PGW.
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 301 The TDF detects the service flow characteristic information of the service on the PDN connection.
  • the TDF detects the start and end of the service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the TDF detects that a service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection
  • the TDF detects the service flow, and the TDF can detect by using the DPI technology. Other methods are tested.
  • the service flow feature information of the service may be any information related to the service flow, such as the quintuple information of the service, and the application layer information carried in the service flow.
  • Step 302 The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
  • Step 303 Determine service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service, and determine service continuity of the PDN according to service flow characteristic information of the service and service continuity information of other services connected to the PDN.
  • the business continuity information of the PDN connection or the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection includes: (a) need to maintain business continuity (b) need not maintain business continuity (c) only need to maintain in the ECM-CONNECTED state Business continuity.
  • the principle that the PCRF judges the service continuity of the entire PDN connection by using the service continuity information of each service is: the PDN connection is not required only when the PDN connection carries all the services and does not need to maintain service continuity. Maintain business continuity; if there is a service on the PDN connection that needs to maintain business continuity, the PDN connection needs to maintain business continuity.
  • the PCRF determines that any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, and further, the PCRF determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, and if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, Then, the PCRF determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous. If the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the PCRF determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • Step 304 The PCRF sends a decision and charging rule message to the PGW, where the decision and charging rule message includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the PCRF carries the service continuity information of the PDN connection in the Policy and Charging Rules Provision (Policy and Charging Rules Provision), and the PGW integrates the policy and charging enforcement function (Policy and Charging Enforcement).
  • Policy and Charging Rules Provision Policy and Charging Rules Provision
  • Policy and Charging Rules Provision Policy and Charging Rules Provision
  • Policy and Charging Enforcement Policy and Charging Enforcement
  • Function, Referred to as PCEF Policy and Charging Enforcement
  • Step 305 The PGW sends a bearer update request to the SGW, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the PGW carries the service continuity information of the PDN connection on the bearer update request (Update
  • Step 306 The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the SGW carries the service continuity information of the PDN connection in the Update Bearer Request to the MME.
  • Step 307 The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection.
  • the MME After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the MME After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so as to determine whether the PGW can be reselected as a decision condition.
  • the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the MME returns a bearer update response to the SGW, and the SGW returns a bearer update response to the PGW, and the PGW returns a decision and charging policy response to the PCRF.
  • the PCRF needs to send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW instead of the PGW.
  • Other steps are the same as in the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 4 of the method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the PCRF only judges the service continuity of a single service on the PDN connection.
  • the service continuity of the entire PDN connection is implemented by the PGW, and the scenario that is used in this embodiment is a scenario in which the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW adopts the GTP protocol.
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 401 The TDF detects the service flow characteristic information of the service on the PDN connection.
  • Step 402 The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
  • Step 403 The PCRF determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
  • Step 404 The PCRF sends a decision and charging rule message to the PGW, where the decision and charging rule message includes service continuity information of the service.
  • the PCRF only judges the service continuity of a single service on the PDN connection, and then sends the service continuity information of the single service to the PGW, and the PCRF can carry the service continuity information of the service in the decision and calculation. Sent to the PGW in the Policy and Charging Rules Provision.
  • Step 405 The PGW determines the service continuity information according to all services on the PDN connection.
  • the PGW determines the service continuity of the PDN according to the service continuity information of the service and the service continuity information of the other services on the PDN connection. For the specific implementation, refer to the description in the third step 304, which is not described here. Only the executive body is different.
  • the PCEF is integrated on the PGW. Therefore, the PCRF can also be used to send the decision and charging rule message to the PCEF.
  • the PCEF continuously searches for the service flow characteristic information of the service and other services of the PDN. The sexual information determines the business continuity of the PDN.
  • Step 406 The PGW sends a bearer update request to the SGW, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • Step 407 The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • Step 408 The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection. After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the MME After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so as to determine whether the PGW can be reselected as a decision condition.
  • the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the MME sends the SGW to the SGW.
  • the SGW returns a bearer update response to the PGW, and the PGW returns a decision and charging policy response to the PCRF.
  • FIG. 6 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 5 of the method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the difference between this embodiment and Embodiment 4 is that, in this embodiment, after the PCRF determines the service continuity of a single service on the PDN connection, The service continuity information of the single service is sent to the SGW, and the SGW determines the service continuity of the entire PDN connection.
  • the scenario in this embodiment is a scenario in which the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW adopts the PMIPv6 protocol.
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 501 The TDF detects the service flow characteristic information of the service on the PDN connection.
  • Step 502 The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
  • Step 503 The PCRF determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
  • Step 504 The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the service to the SGW.
  • the PCRF only judges the service continuity of the single service on the PDN connection, and then sends the service continuity information of the single service to the SGW, and the PCRF can carry the service continuity information of the service in the gateway control and The QoS policy (Gateway control and QoS Rules Provision) message is sent to the SGW.
  • the QoS policy Gateway control and QoS Rules Provision
  • Step 505 The SGW determines service continuity of the PDN according to service continuity information of all services on the PDN connection.
  • the service continuity of the PDN may be determined by the service continuity information of all services on the PDN connection of the Bearing Binding and Event Report Function (BBERF) on the SGW.
  • BBERF Bearing Binding and Event Report Function
  • Step 506 The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • Step 507 The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection. After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, the PDN connection is determined according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection. No need to keep continuous.
  • the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the MME returns a bearer update response to the SGW, and the SGW returns a gateway control and a QoS policy response to the PCRF.
  • FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of the method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the PCRF sends service continuity information of a single service to the PGW, and the PGW. Determining the service continuity characteristic of the bearer carrying the service according to the service continuity information of the single service, and then transmitting the service continuity characteristic of the bearer to the MME through the SGW, and finally, the MME is configured according to each bearer in the PDN connection.
  • the service continuity feature determines the service continuity of the PDN connection.
  • the embodiment is directed to the scenario where the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW is the GTP protocol.
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps: Step 601: The TDF detects information about service flow characteristics of a service on a PDN connection.
  • Step 602 The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
  • Step 603 The PCRF determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
  • Step 604 The PCRF sends a decision and charging rule message to the PGW, where the decision and charging rule message includes service continuity information of the service.
  • the PCRF only judges the service continuity of a single service on the PDN connection, and then sends the service continuity information of the single service to the PGW, and the PCRF can carry the service continuity information of the service in the decision and calculation. Sent to the PGW in the Policy and Charging Rules Provision.
  • Step 605 The PGW determines, according to the service continuity information of each service on the bearer corresponding to the service, the service continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service.
  • each bearer can carry multiple services.
  • each bearer can carry multiple services.
  • the SGW determines the service continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service according to the service continuity information of each service on the bearer corresponding to the service.
  • the principle that the SGW determines the service continuity of the entire bearer according to the service continuity information of each service is: If all the services in the bearer do not need to maintain service continuity, the bearer does not need to maintain service continuity. If one of the bearers needs to maintain service continuity, the bearer needs to maintain service continuity.
  • the service continuity information of the PDN connection or the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection or the service continuity information of the bearer may include (a) need to maintain service continuity; (b) only in the ECM- The CONNECTED state needs to maintain business continuity; (c) There is no need to maintain business continuity.
  • the continuity information of the service may include other information.
  • the service continuity in the 3 has priority
  • the priority of the service continuity is (a:), (b), (c)
  • the service continuity of the PDN connection is always
  • the service continuity of the highest priority bearer in the PDN connection is consistent.
  • the MME may carry the service continuity information of the bearer in the context of each bearer, so as to determine the service continuity characteristic of the PDN connection when the traffic flow starts or ends.
  • Step 606 The PGW sends a bearer update request to the SGW, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the bearer corresponding to the service.
  • Step 607 The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the bearer corresponding to the service.
  • Step 608 The MME determines, according to the service continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, the service continuity of the PDN connection.
  • the MME After receiving the service continuity information of the bearer corresponding to the service, the MME obtains the service continuity of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection, and specifically: the MME determines the PDN according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. Whether the bearers on the connection need to be kept continuous; if any one of the bearers on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, the MME determines The business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, and if the PDN connection meets the first carrier selection policy, The MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • Step 609 The MME stores the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the MME saves and maintains the service continuity information of the PDN connection, so as to determine whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection when the trigger condition occurs.
  • the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the MME returns a bearer update response to the SGW, and the SGW returns a bearer update response to the PGW, and the PGW returns a decision and charging rule response to the PCRF.
  • FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 7 of the method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the PCRF sends the service continuity information of a single service to the SGW.
  • the PGW is not the PGW.
  • the SGW determines the service continuity characteristics of the bearer carrying the service according to the service continuity information of the single service, and then sends the bearer service continuity characteristic to the MME.
  • the MME uses each of the PDN connections.
  • the service continuity characteristic of the bearer determines the service continuity of the PDN connection.
  • the embodiment is directed to the scenario where the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW is the PMIPv6 protocol.
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 701 The TDF detects the service flow characteristic information of the service on the PDN connection.
  • Step 702 The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
  • Step 703 The PCRF determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
  • Step 704 The PCRF sends a gateway control and a QoS policy message to the SGW, where the gateway control and the QoS policy message include service continuity information of the service.
  • the PCRF only judges the service continuity of the single service on the PDN connection, and then sends the service continuity information of the single service to the SGW, and the PCRF can carry the service continuity information of the service in the gateway control and A QoS Policy (Gateway Control and QoS Rules Provision) message is sent to the SGW.
  • QoS Policy Gateway Control and QoS Rules Provision
  • Step 705 The SGW determines, according to the service continuity information of each service on the bearer corresponding to the service, the service continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service.
  • the BBERF is integrated on the SGW, and the BBRF on the SGW determines the service continuity of the PDN according to the service continuity information of all services on the PDN connection.
  • Step 706 The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes the Business continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service.
  • Step 707 The MME determines service continuity of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
  • Step 708 The MME stores the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the MME saves and maintains the service continuity information of the PDN connection, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as that in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the MME returns a bearer update response to the SGW, and the SGW returns a gateway control and a QoS policy response to the PCRF.
  • FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 8 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the TDF is used to directly determine the continuity of the service, and the method provided in this embodiment includes The following steps:
  • Step 801 The TDF detects information about the service flow of the service on the PDN connection.
  • Step 802 The TDF determines service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
  • Step 803 The TDF sends the service continuity information of the service to the PCRF.
  • Step 804 The PCRF determines service continuity of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of all services on the PDN connection.
  • Step 805 The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • Step 806 The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection.
  • the MME After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as that in the prior art, and details are not described herein again. And after the bearer update is over, MME A response is returned to the PCRF.
  • Embodiment 10 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 9 of a method for processing a service continuity according to the present invention.
  • the embodiment is directed to a PCEF integrated with a PGW, and the PCEF is integrated with an Application Detection Control (ADC) entity.
  • ADC Application Detection Control
  • the ADC entity can perform the functions performed by the TDF entity in the eighth embodiment, and can complete the detection of the service flow characteristics.
  • the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
  • Step 901 The PGW obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the ADC entity of the PCEF detects the service continuity of the service.
  • the information in the data packet can be directly used by the ADC. Extracting to obtain, or the ADC can be obtained by analyzing the traffic behavior passing through a period of time, for example, when the ADC cannot extract valid traffic flow characteristic information from a single data packet of the service flow, to judge the service flow.
  • the ADC can detect the service flow for a period of time, and infer the business continuity characteristics of the service flow by analyzing the behavior of the service flow packet.
  • Step 902 The PGW determines service continuity of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service on the PDN connection.
  • step 303 in the third embodiment refers to the description of step 303 in the third embodiment, but only the execution subject is different from the third embodiment, and therefore no further details are provided herein.
  • Step 903 The PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • Step 904 The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection.
  • the MME After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
  • step 904 a normal bearer update procedure is performed between the MME and the UE.
  • the bearer update process is the same as the prior art and will not be described here.
  • Step 906 The MME returns a response message to the PGW.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention.
  • the MME provided in this embodiment includes: an obtaining module 11, a determining module 12, a gateway selecting module 13, and a connection holding module 14.
  • the obtaining module 11 is configured to acquire service continuity information of a PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE.
  • the determining module 12 is configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection; the trigger condition is any one of the following conditions: a mobility management event occurs, The new service is initiated, the original service is terminated, the evolved packet system EPS bearer is created, the EPS bearer is modified, and the EPS bearer is deleted.
  • the gateway selection module 13 is configured to: when the determination result of the determining module 12 is yes, select a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instruct the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, And indicating that the UE establishes a new PDN connection with the new PGW; and the connection maintaining module 14 is configured to maintain the connection between the UE and the original PGW when the determining result of the determining module 12 is NO.
  • the obtaining module 11 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is used by the network device according to each service carried on the PDN connection The continuity information is determined.
  • the network device is any one of a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
  • the acquiring module 11 is specifically configured to: receive the The business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW. That is, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF, and the PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the PGW, and then the PGW forwards the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW.
  • the SGW sends to the MME.
  • the obtaining module 11 is specifically configured to: receive the The business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW. That is, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF, and the PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW, and is sent by the SGW to the MME.
  • the acquiring module 11 is specifically configured to: receive The service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW. That is, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the PGW, and then the PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW, and is sent by the SGW to the MME.
  • the acquiring module 11 is configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW. That is to say, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the SGW, and then the SGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the gateway selection module 13 includes: an obtaining unit and a determining unit.
  • An acquiring unit configured to acquire information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, where the related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: the PGW and the UE a distance information, a delay information of each of the PGWs and the UE, and load information of each of the PGWs; a determining unit, configured to use, according to information about each PGW corresponding to the APN, and actual requirements of the UE from the A new PGW is selected for the UE in each PGW.
  • the acquiring unit is configured to: obtain information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs: the obtaining unit queries the pre-configured database to belong to the original PDN connection. Access information related to each PGW corresponding to the access point APN.
  • the acquiring unit is specifically configured to: first, send a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS, for querying each PGW information corresponding to the APN; The Internet Protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS determines the distance between each PGW and the UE according to the IP address of each PGW.
  • the gateway selection module 13 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the second operator selection policy, whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE.
  • the second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in an EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE state, selecting a new PGW for the UE, or when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state Neither need to select a new PGW for the UE, or select a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity.
  • the MME provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution provided in Embodiment 1 of the method.
  • the specific implementation and technical effects are similar, and are not described here.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention. Compared with the MME shown in FIG. 11, in this embodiment, the MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity, and other implementation manners. The device shown in Figure 11 is similar and will not be described again. As shown in FIG. 12, the MME provided in this embodiment includes: an obtaining module 21, a determining module 22, a gateway selecting module 23, and a connection holding module 24.
  • the obtaining module 21 is configured to acquire service continuity information of the packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE.
  • the determining module 22 is configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection; the trigger condition is any one of the following conditions: a mobility management event occurs, The new service is initiated, the original service is terminated, the evolved packet system EPS bearer is created, the EPS bearer is modified, and the EPS bearer is deleted.
  • the gateway selection module 23 is configured to: when the determination result of the determining module 22 is YES, select a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instruct the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, And indicating that the UE establishes a new PDN connection with the new PGW; and the connection maintaining module 24 is configured to maintain the connection between the UE and the original PGW when the determining result of the determining module 22 is NO.
  • the determining module 22 is specifically configured to: obtain continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtain service continuity information of the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
  • the determining module 22 obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection by using the following manner: the determining module 22 acquires the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, according to the PDN connection.
  • the continuity information of the bearer determines whether the bearers on the PDN connection need to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous, the determining module 22 determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous. If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain contiguous, the determining module 22 determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the determining module 22 obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection by using the following manner: the determining module 22 acquires continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, according to each bearer on the PDN connection. Continuity information, determining the PDN connection Whether each bearer needs to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, the determining module 22 determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operation The MME selects the policy, and the determining module 22 determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, but The PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, and the determining module 22 determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the obtaining, by the determining module 22, the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection is: receiving continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to the present invention.
  • the network device provided by this embodiment includes: a first obtaining module 31, a second obtaining module 32, and a sending module 33.
  • the first obtaining module 31 is configured to obtain service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
  • the second obtaining module 32 is configured to obtain service continuity information of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
  • the sending module 33 is configured to send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME.
  • the second obtaining module 32 is specifically configured to: determine, according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, whether the services need to maintain a connection; if the PDN is connected Determining that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, the PDN connection is determined. Business continuity does not need to be continuous.
  • the second obtaining module 32 is specifically configured to: determine, according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, whether the services need to be continuous; if the PDN connection Any one of the services carried on the business needs to remain connected Continuing, determining whether the PDN connection meets a first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if the PDN connection All of the bearers need not be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous. However, if the PDN connection does not satisfy the first carrier selection policy, the service continuity of the PDN is determined to be Need to stay continuous.
  • the first acquiring module 31 includes: a receiving unit and a determining unit, where the receiving unit is configured to receive service flow feature information of each service sent by the packet detecting entity TDF; The service continuity of each service is determined according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and the service continuity information of each service is obtained.
  • the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine service continuity of the services according to service flow feature information of each service, and service continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
  • the network device may be a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, SGW,
  • the first acquiring module 31 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF, where the service continuity information of each service is The TDF is determined according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: The PGW and the S-GW send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol; the sending module 33 is specifically used to Transmitting, by the S-GW, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the second obtaining module 32 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection The service continuity of each service carried by the PCRF is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service; the sending module 33 is specifically configured to: The SGW serving the UE sends the service continuity of the PDN connection to the MME
  • the first acquiring module 31 is specifically configured to: when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, obtain service flow characteristic information of each service. And determining, according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, service continuity of each service, and obtaining service continuity information of each service.
  • the first acquiring module 31 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection The service continuity of each service carried on is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • the first acquiring module 31 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried by the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection is carried The service continuity of each service is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service; the second acquisition module 32 includes: a bearer continuity determining unit, a determining unit, and a continuity determining unit of the PDN connection.
  • the bearer continuity determining unit is configured to determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection; the determining unit is configured to connect each bearer according to the PDN
  • the continuity information determines whether the bearers on the PDN connection need to be continuous; the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection is configured to determine, according to the judgment result of the determining unit, whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous;
  • the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, then The continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine, when the bearer continuity determining unit determines that any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, determine whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy; a continuity determining unit of the PDN connection, configured to determine, according to a determination result of the determining unit, whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the PDN connection is continuous.
  • the determining unit determines that the service continuity of the PDN is required to remain continuous; if the PDN is connected All the bearers need not be kept continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, and the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines The business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: when determining that the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME. Or, after the PDN connection is established, the sending module sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME after the preset duration. Thereby, the transmission of the business continuity information of the PDN connection is reduced.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention.
  • the MME 400 provided in this embodiment includes: a processor 41 and a receiver 43.
  • the receiver 43 is connected to the processor 41 via a bus.
  • the MME provided in this embodiment may further include: a memory 42, wherein the memory 42 stores execution instructions, when the MME 400 is running, the processor 41 communicates with the memory 42, and the processor 41 executes execution instructions to cause the MME 400 to perform the service provided by the present invention. Continuity judgment method.
  • the receiver 43 is configured to obtain service continuity information of the PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE.
  • the processor 41 is configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to keep the service continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection;
  • the trigger condition is any one of the following conditions: a mobility management event occurs, New service initiation, original service termination, evolution of the EPS system bearer of the packet system, modification of the EPS bearer, and deletion of the EPS bearer.
  • the processor 41 selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish with the new PGW.
  • New PDN connection
  • the processor 41 maintains the connection of the UE to the original PGW.
  • the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is used by the network device according to each service carried on the PDN connection The continuity information is determined.
  • the network device is a policy Slightly control any one of the rule making entity PCRF, the original PGW, and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
  • the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive the The business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW.
  • the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive the The business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW.
  • the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW.
  • the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW.
  • the MME is configured to receive the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the other network device.
  • the MME may also determine the service continuity information of the PDN connection by itself, and the MME determines the PDN connection by itself.
  • the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE. Then, the receiver 43 acquires the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
  • the receiver 43 obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection.
  • the receiver 43 determines the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. Whether each bearer needs to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, Then, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the receiver 43 determines, according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, further Determining whether the PDN connection satisfies a first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to remain continuous; PDN All the bearers on the connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, and the MME determines the service of the PDN. Continuity does not need to be continuous.
  • the processor 41 is specifically configured to determine, by using the following manner, whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE: the processor 41 acquires information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, where the APN is Corresponding information of each PGW includes: distance information of each PGW and the UE, delay information of each PGW and the UE, and load information of each PGW; and each PGW corresponding to the APN The relevant information and the actual requirements of the UE select a new PGW for the UE from the respective PGWs.
  • the MME provided in this embodiment may further include a transmitter 44, where the transmitter 44 is configured to send a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS for querying each PGW information corresponding to the APN; the receiver 43 And the method is further configured to: receive the Internet Protocol IP address of each of the PGWs sent by the DNS; and correspondingly, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the IP addresses of the PGWs received by the receiver, the The distance of the PGW from the UE. In this manner, the MME obtains the PGW information from the DNS.
  • the processor 41 may also query, from the pre-configured database, the correlation of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs. information.
  • the processor 41 may also consider an operator selection policy. Specifically, the processor 41 determines, according to the second operator selection policy, whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE.
  • the second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in the EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE, selecting a new PGW for the UE, or when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state There is no need to select a new PGW for the UE, or to select a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain traffic continuity.
  • the MME provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution in the first embodiment of the method, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to the present invention.
  • the network device 500 provided in this embodiment includes: a processor 51, a receiver 53, and a transmitter 54. Among them, the receiver 53 and the transmitter 54 are connected to the processor 51 via a bus.
  • the network device 500 provided in this embodiment may further include: a memory 52, where the memory 52 stores execution instructions, when the network device When the 500 is running, the processor 51 communicates with the memory 52, and the processor 51 executes the execution instruction so that the network device 500 executes the business continuity determination method provided by the present invention.
  • the receiver 53 is configured to acquire service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection
  • the processor 51 is configured to obtain, according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection acquired by the receiver, Business continuity information for PDN connections;
  • the transmitter 54 is configured to send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME.
  • the processor 51 may obtain the service continuity information of the PDN connection in the following two manners.
  • the processor 51 is specifically configured to: according to the services carried on the PDN connection.
  • the service continuity information is used to determine whether each of the services needs to be connected; if any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; If all the services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • the processor 51 is specifically configured to: determine, according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, whether the services need to be continuous; if the services are carried in the PDN connection Any one of the services needs to be continuous, determining whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous Determining the PDN if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy. Business continuity does not need to be continuous.
  • the network device may be a PCRF, a PGW, and an SGW.
  • the receiver 53 receives the service flow feature information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF; determines the service continuity of the services according to the service flow feature information of each service, and obtains the Business continuity information for each business.
  • the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
  • the receiver determines service continuity of the services according to service flow characteristic information of each service and service continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
  • the PCRF is based on the service flow characteristic of each service. The information itself determines the service continuity information of each service.
  • the packet inspection entity TDF determines the service continuity information of each service, and then sends the information to the PCRF.
  • the receiver 53 of the PCRF receives the packet sent by the packet detection entity TDF.
  • the service continuity information of each service where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
  • the transmitter 54 is specifically configured to: pass the PGW And transmitting, by the S-GW, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol; the transmitter 54 is specifically used to Transmitting, by the S-GW, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
  • the receiver 53 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection is carried The service continuity of each service is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service; the transmitter is specifically configured to: send the PDN-connected service to the MME by using an SGW serving the UE Continuity information. Or the receiver 53 is specifically configured to: when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the PGW acquires service flow feature information of each service; and determines, according to the service flow feature information of each service The business continuity of each service is obtained, and the business continuity information of each service is obtained.
  • the receiver 53 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection is carried The service continuity of each service is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service. Or, the receiver 53 receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service of each service.
  • the processor 51 is configured to: determine, according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection; according to the PDN connection
  • the continuity information of each bearer determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, then it is determined
  • the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
  • the processor 51 determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operation
  • the QoS selection policy determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, but the PDN If the connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
  • the transmitter 54 determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, and sends the PDN connection to the MME. Business continuity information. Alternatively, when the PDN connection is just established, the transmitter 54 sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME after a preset duration.
  • the network device provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution in the second embodiment of the method.
  • the specific implementation and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the embodiment of the present invention is a method and device for processing service continuity; an MME, by means of acquiring the service continuity information of a PDN connection of a UE, and on the basis of said service continuity information of the PDN connection, determines whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity; if the PDN connection does not need to maintain service continuity, then the MME selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and if the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity, then the MME maintains the original PGW connection. The present invention can ensure the normal service connection of a UE needing to maintain service continuity, and on the premise of not influencing the service connectivity of the service of a PDN connection, can select a more suitable PGW for a UE not needing to maintain service continuity, optimising the UE path and saving routing resources.

Description

业务连续性判断方法和设备  Business continuity judgment method and device
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术, 尤其涉及一种业务连续性判断方法和设备。 背景技术  The present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a service continuity determination method and device. Background technique
在网络中业务连续性 (service continuity) 是指保证正在进行的网络业务 不发生中断的特性, 尤其在移动网络中保证业务的连续性是网络的一个重要 特性。 网络业务的连续性可以通过多种方式来实现, 例如可以通过应用层的 相关机制来保证, 也可以通过网络层例如互联网协议 (Internet Protocol, 简 称 IP ) 层的机制来保证。 有些业务的连续性就是通过保证用户设备 (User Equipment, 简称 UE) 的 IP地址在整个业务会话过程中保持不变来实现的。 为了保证 UE的 IP地址不发生变化,就要求 UE任何状态下其所使用的 IP地 址锚点不发生变化, 此处的 IP地址锚点通常是指网络中的某些网关, 例如第 三代合作伙伴项目 (The 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 简称 3GPP) 网络 中的分组数据网关 (PDN Gateway, 简称 PGW) 。  In the network, service continuity refers to the feature of ensuring that the ongoing network service is not interrupted. Especially in the mobile network, ensuring service continuity is an important feature of the network. The continuity of network services can be implemented in a variety of ways, for example, through the relevant mechanisms of the application layer, or through the network layer, such as the mechanism of the Internet Protocol (IP) layer. The continuity of some services is achieved by ensuring that the IP address of the User Equipment (UE) remains unchanged throughout the service session. In order to ensure that the IP address of the UE does not change, the IP address anchor used by the UE does not change in any state. The IP address anchor here usually refers to some gateways in the network, for example, the third generation cooperation. A packet data gateway (PDW Gateway, PGW for short) in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) network.
在现有 3GPP网络中, 为了保证用户网络业务的连续性, 现有技术一中, 网络会为 UE选择一个 PGW来连接到特定的分组数据网络 (Packet Data Network, 简称 PDN) , 之后不论 UE如何移动都会让 UE使用之前所使用的 PGW来连接 PDN网络,也即不论 UE如何移动其网络业务流都会首先路由到之 前已使用的 PGW, 然后由该 PGW进入到 PDN网络。 举个例子, 该 UE开始位 于北京, UE最初连接到某 PDN网络时网络为其选择了位于北京的 PGW; 之后 UE移动到了广州, 此时为了保证 UE业务的连续性网络还是会让 UE使用位于 北京的 PGW, 而不是选择位于广州的某个 PGW来接入到 PDN网络。 其实 UE 上并不是所有的业务都需要保持业务连续性的, 而当在某个 PDN connection 上 UE没有需要保持业务连续性的业务存在时, 也就没有必要在该 PDN connection上为 UE保持业务连续性了。 对于没有必要保持业务连续性的 UE, 如果网络还是为其选择之前所使用的 PGW, 那么当 UE移动到离原来 PGW很 远的位置时, 其与 PDN网络之间的业务流就要经过很长的传输路径, 这会造 成很大的路由资源浪费。 In the existing 3GPP network, in order to ensure the continuity of the user network service, in the prior art, the network selects a PGW for the UE to connect to a specific Packet Data Network (PDN), and then regardless of the UE. The mobile will allow the UE to use the previously used PGW to connect to the PDN network, that is, regardless of how the UE moves its network traffic, it will first route to the previously used PGW, and then the PGW enters the PDN network. For example, the UE starts to be located in Beijing. When the UE first connects to a PDN network, the network selects the PGW located in Beijing. Afterwards, the UE moves to Guangzhou. In this case, in order to ensure the continuity of the UE service, the UE will still be located in the UE. Instead of selecting a PGW located in Guangzhou to access the PDN network, Beijing's PGW. In fact, not all services on the UE need to maintain service continuity. When there is no service in the UE that needs to maintain service continuity on a PDN connection, there is no need to maintain service continuity for the UE on the PDN connection. Sex. For a UE that does not need to maintain service continuity, if the network still selects the PGW used before, then when the UE moves to a location far away from the original PGW, the traffic flow between it and the PDN network will go through a long time. Transmission path, this will make A huge waste of routing resources.
为了解决现有技术一中路由资源浪费的问题, 3GPP网络中引入了一种新 的网络机制选定的 IP流量卸载 (Selected IP Traffic Offload, 简称 SIPTO) 。 SIPTO的基本思想是对于 UE与某些 PDN网络之间的连接, 网络可以为 UE选择 离 UE位置较近的 PGW, 这样 UE与 PDN网络之间的业务流就可以经过一条较 短的路径来传输。 但 SIPTO只是提供了一种减少业务流传输路径的方法, 这 种方法并不考虑业务流的连续性特性, 只要用户与运营商的签约信息中指定 了用户在访问某个 PDN网络时可以使用 SIPTO机制, 那么用户在移动过程中, 网络就可以为用户选择一个距离用户较近的 PGW,PGW的变化会造成 UE的 IP 地址发生变化, 此时如果 UE之前有需要 IP地址不发生变化的业务存在, 那么 使用 SIPTO之后用户之前的业务就会被中断。 发明内容  In order to solve the problem of waste of routing resources in the prior art 1, a new network mechanism selected Selected IP Traffic Offload (SIPTO) is introduced in the 3GPP network. The basic idea of SIPTO is that for the connection between the UE and some PDN networks, the network can select the PGW that is close to the UE location for the UE, so that the traffic between the UE and the PDN network can be transmitted through a short path. . However, SIPTO only provides a method for reducing the traffic flow path. This method does not consider the continuity characteristics of the service flow. As long as the user and the operator's subscription information specify that the user can use SIPTO when accessing a PDN network. Mechanism, then the user can select a PGW that is closer to the user for the user during the mobile process. The change of the PGW will cause the IP address of the UE to change. If the UE has a service that does not change the IP address before the UE exists. , then the user's previous business will be interrupted after using SIPTO. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种业务连续性判断方法和设备, 能够保证需要保持 业务连续性的 UE的业务正常连续, 而且能够为不需要保证业务连续性的 UE选择更适合的 PGW, 使得 UE的路径更优。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a service continuity determination method and device, which can ensure that services of a UE that needs to maintain service continuity are normally continuous, and can select a more suitable PGW for a UE that does not need to ensure service continuity, so that the path of the UE is better.
本发明第一方面提供一种业务连续性的处理方法, 包括:  A first aspect of the present invention provides a method for processing business continuity, including:
移动性管理实体 MME获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的 业务连续性信息;  The mobility management entity MME acquires service continuity information of the PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE;
当触发条件满足时,所述 MME根据所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息 确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续;  When the triggering condition is met, the MME determines, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity;
若否, 则所述 MME为所述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指示所 述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与所述 新 PGW建立新 PDN连接;  If not, the MME selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish a new PDN with the new PGW. Connection
若是, 则所述 MME保持所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。  If yes, the MME maintains a connection between the UE and the original PGW.
在本发明第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述移动性管理实体 MME获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包 括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, the mobility management entity MME acquires service continuity information of a PDN connection of a packet data network of the user equipment UE, including:
所述 MME接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息,其 中, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接 上承载的各业务的连续性信息确定。 Receiving, by the MME, the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is connected by the network device according to the PDN The continuity information of each service carried on is determined.
在本发明第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF、所述原 PGW、为所述 UE服务的服务网关 S-GW 中的任意一个。  In a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, the network device is any one of a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
在本发明第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为通用无线分组服 务技术隧道标签 GTP协议时, 所述 MME接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息, 包括:  In a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a general wireless packet service technology tunnel label In the GTP protocol, the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, and includes:
所述 MME接收所述 PCRF通过所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW发送的所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  The MME receives service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW.
在本发明第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联网 协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议时,所述 MME接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连 接的业务连续性信息, 包括:  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a proxy mobile internet protocol version 6 In the PMIPv6 protocol, the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, and includes:
所述 MME接收所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息。  The MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW.
在本发明第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述原 PGW时, 所述 MME接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息, 包括:  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the original PGW, the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, including:
所述 MME接收所述原 PGW通过所述 SGW发送的所述 PDN连接的 业务连续性信息。  The MME receives service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW.
在本发明第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 S-GW时, 所述 MME获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括:  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, when the network device is an S-GW serving the UE, the MME acquires service continuity of a packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE Information, including:
所述 MME接收所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 在本发明第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述移动性管理实体 MME获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包 括:  The MME receives service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW. In a seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, the mobility management entity MME acquires service continuity information of a PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE, including:
所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息,根据所述 PDN 连接上各承载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 在本发明第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性 信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括: And obtaining, by the MME, continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and acquiring service continuity information of the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. In an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, the MME acquires continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and acquires the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. Business continuity information, including:
所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息,根据所述 PDN 连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保 持连续;  The MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN 连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 则所述 MME 确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If any one of the PDN connections needs to be contiguous, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续,则所述 MME确定 所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性 信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括:  In a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present disclosure, the MME acquires continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and acquires the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. Business continuity information, including:
所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息,根据所述 PDN 连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保 持连续;  The MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,所述 MME确定 所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略;  If any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略,则所述 MME确定 所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略,则所述 MME确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持 连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the MME determines The business continuity of the PDN is not required to be continuous.
结合本发明第一方面以及第一方面的第一种至第九种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 包括:  With reference to the first aspect of the present invention, and the first to the ninth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the MME acquires each bearer on the PDN connection Continuity information, including:
所述 MME接收为所述 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的所述 PDN连 接上各承载的连续性信息。  The MME receives continuity information of each bearer connected to the PDN sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE.
结合本发明第一方面以及第一方面的第一种至第十种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发条件为以 下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、新的业务发起、原有业务结束、 演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS承载的删除。 Combining the first aspect of the invention with the first to tenth possible implementations of the first aspect In an eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, the triggering condition is any one of the following conditions: a mobility management event occurs, a new service is initiated, an original service ends, and an evolved packet system Creation of EPS bearers, modification of EPS bearers, and deletion of EPS bearers.
结合本发明第一方面以及第一方面的第一种至第十一种可能的实现 方式, 在本发明第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述 MME为所 述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 包括:  With reference to the first aspect of the present invention and the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the MME selects a new one for the UE The packet data gateway PGW, including:
所述 MME获取所述原 PDN连接的所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息, 其中, 所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息包括: 所 述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离信息、 所述各 PGW与所述 UE的时延信息、 所述各 PGW的负载信息;  The MME acquires related information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN is connected, where the information about the PGW corresponding to the APN includes: distance information between the PGW and the UE And delay information of each of the PGWs and the UE, and load information of each of the PGWs;
所述 MME根据所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息和所述 UE的实 际需求从所述各 PGW中为所述 UE选择新 PGW。  The MME selects a new PGW for the UE from the PGWs according to the related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN and the actual requirement of the UE.
在本发明第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述 MME获取所 述原 PDN连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW与所述 UE的距离 信息, 包括:  In a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, the acquiring, by the MME, distance information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, and the UE includes:
所述 MME向域名***服务器 DNS发送 DNS查询请求, 用于查询所 述 APN对应的各 PGW信息;  The MME sends a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS, and is used to query each PGW information corresponding to the APN.
所述 MME接收所述 DNS发送的所述各 PGW的互联网协议 IP地址, 所述 MME根据所述各 PGW的 IP地址确定所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距 离。  The MME receives an Internet Protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS, and the MME determines a distance between each PGW and the UE according to an IP address of each PGW.
在本发明第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中, 所述 MME获取所 述原 PDN连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息,包括: 所述 MME从预先配置好的数据库中查询所述原 PDN连接所属的访问 接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息。  In the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, the MME acquires related information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, including: the MME is pre-configured The database queries the related information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs.
在本发明第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中, 所述 MME为所述 In a fifteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the MME is the
UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 包括: The UE selects a new packet data gateway PGW, including:
所述 MME根据第二运营商选择策略确定是否需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW。  The MME determines, according to the second operator selection policy, whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE.
在本发明第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二运营商选 择策略为: 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于 EPS连接管理空闲态 ECM-IDLE 时, 为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于任何状 态下都不需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接不 需要保持业务连续性时为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 In a sixteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect of the present invention, the second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in an EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE Selecting a new PGW for the UE, or selecting a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, or when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity. A new PGW is selected for the UE.
本发明第二方面提供一种业务连续性的处理方法, 包括:  A second aspect of the present invention provides a method for processing business continuity, including:
网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息; 所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息 获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息;  The network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection; the network device acquires service continuity information of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 Transmitting, by the network device, the service continuity of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft is self-defeating.
在本发明第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备根据所 述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务 连续性信息, 包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the network device acquires the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各业务是否都需要保持连接;  Determining, by the network device, whether the services need to maintain a connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则所述网络设备确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的所有业务都不需要保持连续, 则所述网 络设备确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备根据所 述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务 连续性信息, 包括:  In a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the network device acquires the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各业务是否都需要保持连续;  Determining, by the network device, whether the services need to be continuous according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 所述网络设备确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略;  If the service of the PDN connection needs to be continuous, the network device determines whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则所述网络设备 确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则所述网络设备确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为不需要 保持连续。 If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the network device determines The business continuity of the PDN is not required Keep it continuous.
结合本发明第二方面以及第二方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF,所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的 业务连续性信息, 包括:  With reference to the second aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present disclosure, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF The network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 PCRF接收包检测实体 TDF发送的各业务的业务流特征信息; 所述 PCRF根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务 连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。  The PCRF receives the service flow characteristic information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF; the PCRF determines the service continuity of the services according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtains the service continuity of the services. information.
在本发明第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述各业务的业务流 特征信息包括: 所述业务的五元组信息或所述业务的应用层信息。  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
结合本发明第二方面的第三种和第四种可能的实现方式, 在本发明第 二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述 PCRF根据所述各业务的业务流 特征信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 包括:  With reference to the third and fourth possible implementation manners of the second aspect of the present invention, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the PCRF determines, according to the service flow characteristic information of each service Business continuity of each business, including:
所述 PCRF根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息, 以及预先存储或者从 外部数据库获得的各种业务类型的业务连续性特性信息确定所述各业务 的业务连续性。  The PCRF determines the service continuity of the services according to the service flow characteristic information of each service and the service continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
结合本发明第二方面以及第二方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF,所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的 业务连续性信息, 包括:  With reference to the second aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF The network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 PCRF接收包检测实体 TDF发送的所述各业务的业务连续性信 息, 其中, 所述各业务的业务连续性信息为所述 TDF 根据所述各业务的 业务流特征信息确定的。  The PCRF receives the service continuity information of the services sent by the packet detection entity TDF, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
结合本发明第二方面以及第二方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的分组数据网关 PGW和服务 网关 S-GW之间的协议为无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议;  With reference to the second aspect of the present invention and the first to sixth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present disclosure, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF And the protocol between the packet data gateway PGW and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE is a wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol;
所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 包括:  The network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述 PCRF通过所述 PGW和所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 Sending, by the PCRF, the PDN to the MME by using the PGW and the S-GW Business continuity information for the connection.
结合本发明第二方面以及第二方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的 协议为代理移动互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议;  With reference to the second aspect of the present invention and the first to sixth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the network device is a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF And the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 包括:  The network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息。  The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the S-GW.
结合本发明第二方面以及第二方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为所 述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务 连续性信息, 包括:  With reference to the second aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the network device is configured to serve the UE The PGW, the network device acquires service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and includes:
所述 PGW接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息,其中,所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定;  The PGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information determination;
所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 包括:  The network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述 PGW通过为所述 UE服务的 SGW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。  The PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME by using an SGW serving the UE.
结合本发明第二方面以及第二方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为所 述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务 连续性信息, 包括:  With reference to the second aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the network device is configured to serve the UE The PGW, the network device acquires service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and includes:
当所述 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时,所述 PGW获取所述 各业务的业务流特征信息;  The PGW acquires service flow characteristic information of each service when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection;
所述 PGW根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务 连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。  And determining, by the PGW, the service continuity of the services according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtaining service continuity information of the services.
结合本发明第二方面以及第二方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息, 包括: With reference to the second aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the network device is The SGW of the UE, the network device acquiring the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 SGW接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息,其中,所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定。  The SGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information is determined.
在本发明第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息, 包括:  In a twelfth possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 SGW接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息,其中,所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定;  The SGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information determination;
所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息 获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括:  And obtaining, by the network device, the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 SGW根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息确定 所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性;  Determining, by the SGW, continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
所述 SGW根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断所述 PDN 连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续;  Determining, according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则所述 SGW确 定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If any one of the PDN connections needs to be contiguous, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续,则所述 SGW确定 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息, 包括:  In a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the network device obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
SGW接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性 信息, 其中, 所述 PDN 连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定;  The SGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service. ;
所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息 获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括:  And obtaining, by the network device, the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 SGW根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息确定 所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; Determining, by the SGW, the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection Continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,所述 SGW确定 所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略;  If any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, the SGW determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略,则所述 SGW确定 所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略,则所述 SGW确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持 连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the SGW determines The business continuity of the PDN is not required to be continuous.
在本发明第二方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备向移 动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括:  In a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobile management entity MME, including:
所述网络设备确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变化, 所述网络 设备向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  The network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, and the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
在本发明第二方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中, 如果所述 PDN连 接刚建立,所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务 连续性信息, 包括:  In a fifteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect of the present invention, if the PDN connection is just established, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述网络设备在预设时长之后,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息。  After the preset time length, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
本发明第三方面提供一种移动管理实体 MME, 包括:  A third aspect of the present invention provides a mobility management entity MME, including:
获取模块 12, 用于获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息;  The obtaining module 12 is configured to obtain service continuity information of the PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE;
确定模块, 用于当触发条件满足时, 根据所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续;  a determining module, configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity when the trigger condition is met;
网关选择模块, 用于在所述确定模块的判断结果为是时, 为所述 UE 选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指示所述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与所述新 PGW建立新 PDN连接;  a gateway selection module, configured to: when the determination result of the determining module is yes, select a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instruct the UE to disconnect from an original PGW serving the UE, and indicate Establishing, by the UE, a new PDN connection with the new PGW;
连接保持模块, 用于在所述确定模块的判断结果为否时, 保持所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。  And a connection maintaining module, configured to maintain a connection between the UE and the original PGW when the determining result of the determining module is negative.
在本发明第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述获取模块具体用 于: 接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的 各业务的连续性信息确定。 In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the acquiring module is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by a network device, where The service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the network device according to continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
在本发明第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF、所述原 PGW、为所述 UE服务的服务网关 S-GW 中的任意一个。  In a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the network device is any one of a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
在本发明第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为通用无线分组服 务技术隧道标签 GTP协议时, 所述获取模块具体用于:  In a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a general wireless packet service technology tunnel label In the GTP protocol, the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
接收所述 PCRF通过所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接 的业务连续性信息。  Receiving service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF by the original PGW and the S-GW.
在本发明第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联网 协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议时, 所述获取模块具体用于:  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a proxy mobile internet protocol version 6 In the PMIPv6 protocol, the obtaining module is specifically configured to:
接收所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息。  Receiving service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW.
在本发明第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述原 PGW时, 所述获取模块具体用于:  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the original PGW, the acquiring module is specifically configured to:
接收所述原 PGW通过所述 SGW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 Receiving service continuity of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft is self-defeating.
在本发明第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 S-GW时, 所述获取模块具体用于:  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, when the network device is an S-GW that serves the UE, the acquiring module is specifically configured to:
接收所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Receiving service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW.
在本发明第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用 于:  In a seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the determining module is specifically used to:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Obtaining continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and acquiring service continuity information of the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
在本发明第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用 于:  In an eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the determining module is specifically used to:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; Obtaining continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determining, according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous; If any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用 于:  In a ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the determining module is specifically used to:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 确定所述 PDN 连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略;  Obtaining continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determining, according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections It is required to maintain continuity, and determine whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  Determining the PDN if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy. Business continuity does not need to be continuous.
结合本发明第三方面以及第三方面的第一种至第九种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块具体用 于:  With reference to the third aspect of the present invention, and the first to the ninth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the determining module is specifically used to:
接收为所述 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的所述 PDN连接上各承载 的连续性信息。  Receiving continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE.
结合本发明第三方面以及第三方面的第一种至第十种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发条件为以 下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、新的业务发起、原有业务结束、 演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS承载的删除。  With reference to the third aspect of the present invention and the first to tenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the triggering condition is any one of the following conditions : Mobility management event occurrence, new service initiation, legacy service termination, evolution of packet system EPS bearer, modification of EPS bearer, and deletion of EPS bearer.
结合本发明第三方面以及第三方面的第一种至第十一种可能的实现 方式, 在本发明第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述网关选择模 块包括:  With reference to the third aspect of the present invention, and the first to the eleventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the gateway selection module includes:
获取单元, 用于获取所述原 PDN连接的所属的访问接入点 APN对应 的各 PGW的相关信息,其中,所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息包括: 所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离信息、所述各 PGW与所述 UE的时延信息、 所述各 PGW的负载信息; And an acquiring unit, configured to acquire information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, where the related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: the PGW and the UE Distance information, delay information of each of the PGWs and the UE, Load information of each of the PGWs;
确定单元, 用于根据所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息和所述 UE 的实际需求从所述各 PGW中为所述 UE选择新 PGW。  And a determining unit, configured to select a new PGW for the UE from the PGWs according to related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN and an actual requirement of the UE.
在本发明第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述获取单元具体 用于:  In a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the acquiring unit is specifically configured to:
向域名***服务器 DNS发送 DNS查询请求, 用于查询所述 APN对 应的各 PGW信息;  Sending a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS for querying each PGW information corresponding to the APN;
接收所述 DNS发送的所述各 PGW的互联网协议 IP地址, 根据所述 各 PGW的 IP地址确定所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离。  Receiving an Internet Protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS, and determining a distance between each PGW and the UE according to an IP address of each PGW.
在本发明第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中, 所述获取单元具体 用于:  In a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the acquiring unit is specifically configured to:
从预先配置好的数据库中查询所述原 PDN 连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息。  The information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs is queried from the pre-configured database.
在本发明第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中, 所述网关选择模块 具体用于:  In a fifteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the gateway selection module is specifically configured to:
根据第二运营商选择策略确定是否需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 在本发明第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二运营商选 择策略为: 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于 EPS连接管理空闲态 ECM-IDLE 状态时, 为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于任 何状态下都不需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连 接不需要保持业务连续性时为所述 UE选择新 PGW。  Determining whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE according to the second operator selection policy. In a sixteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect of the present invention, the second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in an EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE state, being the UE Selecting a new PGW, or selecting a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, or selecting a new one for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity PGW.
本发明第四方面提供一种网络设备, 其特征在于, 包括:  A fourth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, including:
第一获取模块, 用于获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信 息;  a first obtaining module, configured to obtain service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
第二获取模块, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续 性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息;  a second obtaining module, configured to acquire service continuity information of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
发送模块,用于向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息。  And a sending module, configured to send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME.
在本发明第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二获取模块具 体用于: 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各 业务是否都需要保持连接; In a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the second acquiring module is specifically configured to: Determining whether the services need to maintain a connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, determining that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的所有业务都不需要保持连续, 则确定所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all the services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二获取模块具 体用于:  In a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present invention, the second acquiring module is specifically configured to:
根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各 业务是否都需要保持连续;  Determining whether the services need to be continuous according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略;  If any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, determine whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  Determining the PDN if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy. Business continuity does not need to be continuous.
结合本发明第四方面以及第四方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 所述第一获取模块包括:  With reference to the fourth aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present invention, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF The first acquiring module includes:
接收单元, 用于接收包检测实体 TDF 发送的各业务的业务流特征信 息;  a receiving unit, configured to receive service flow characteristic information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF;
确定单元, 用于根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的 业务连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。  And a determining unit, configured to determine service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtain service continuity information of each service.
在本发明第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述各业务的业务流 特征信息包括: 所述业务的五元组信息或所述业务的应用层信息。  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present invention, the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
结合本发明第四方面的第三种和第四种可能的实现方式, 在本发明第 四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定单元具体用于:  With reference to the third and fourth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect of the present invention, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present invention, the determining unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息, 以及预先存储或者从外部数据库 获得的各种业务类型的业务连续性特性信息确定所述各业务的业务连续 性。 Determining the business continuity of the services according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and the service continuity characteristic information of various service types pre-stored or obtained from an external database. Sex.
结合本发明第四方面以及第四方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 所述第一获取模块具体用于:  With reference to the fourth aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF The first acquiring module is specifically configured to:
接收包检测实体 TDF 发送的所述各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述各业务的业务连续性信息为所述 TDF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征 信息确定的。  The service continuity information of the services sent by the packet detection entity TDF is received, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
结合本发明第四方面以及第四方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的分组数据网关 PGW和服务 网关 S-GW之间的协议为无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议;  With reference to the fourth aspect of the present invention and the first to sixth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF And the protocol between the packet data gateway PGW and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE is a wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol;
所述发送模块具体用于: 通过所述 PGW和所述 S-GW向所述 MME 发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  The sending module is specifically configured to: send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME by using the PGW and the S-GW.
结合本发明第四方面以及第四方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的 协议为代理移动互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议;  With reference to the fourth aspect of the present invention and the first to sixth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF And the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
所述发送模块具体用于:通过所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。  The sending module is specifically configured to: send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME by using the S-GW.
结合本发明第四方面以及第四方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为所 述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述第二获取模块具体用于:  With reference to the fourth aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the network device is configured to serve the UE The PGW, the second acquiring module is specifically configured to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定;  Receiving the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述发送模块具体用于: 通过为所述 UE服务的 SGW 向所述 MME 发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  The sending module is specifically configured to: send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME by using an SGW serving the UE.
结合本发明第四方面以及第四方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为所 述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述第一获取模块具体用于: 当所述 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时, 获取所述各业务的 业务流特征信息; With reference to the fourth aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the network device is configured to serve the UE The PGW, the first acquiring module is specifically configured to: Obtaining service flow characteristic information of each service when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection;
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 得 到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。  Determining service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtaining service continuity information of each service.
结合本发明第四方面以及第四方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述第一获取模块具体用于:  With reference to the fourth aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present disclosure, the network device is configured to serve the UE The SGW, the first acquiring module is specifically configured to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定。  The service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF is received, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
在本发明第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述第一获取模块具体用于:  In a twelfth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, where the first acquiring module is specifically configured to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定;  Receiving the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述第二获取模块包括:  The second obtaining module includes:
承载连续性确定单元, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性;  a bearer continuity determining unit, configured to determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
判断单元, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续;  a determining unit, configured to determine, according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
PDN连接的连续性确定单元,用于根据所述判断单元的判断结果确定 所述 PDN连接是否需要保持连续;  a continuity determining unit of the PDN connection, configured to determine, according to the judgment result of the determining unit, whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 则所述 PDN连 接的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则所述 PDN连接 的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be maintained Continuously, the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述第一获取模块具体用于:  In a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the first acquiring module is specifically configured to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; Receiving service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the Determining service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述第二获取模块包括:  The second obtaining module includes:
承载连续性确定单元, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性;  a bearer continuity determining unit, configured to determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
判断单元, 用于在所述承载连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN连接上的 任意一个承载需要保持连续时, 确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商 选择策略;  a determining unit, configured to determine, when the bearer continuity determining unit determines that any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, determine whether the PDN connection meets a first operator selection policy;
PDN连接的连续性确定单元,用于根据所述判断单元的判断结果确定 所述 PDN连接是否需要保持连续;  a continuity determining unit of the PDN connection, configured to determine, according to the judgment result of the determining unit, whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则所述 PDN连接 的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, , 则所述 PDN连接的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN的 业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the PDN connection The continuity determining unit determines that the business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体 用于:  In a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present invention, the sending module is specifically configured to:
确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变化时,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  When it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
在本发明第四方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中, 如果所述 PDN连 接刚建立, 所述发送模块具体用于:  In a fifteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present invention, if the PDN connection is just established, the sending module is specifically configured to:
在预设时长之后,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 本发明第五方面提供一种移动性管理实体 MME, 包括:  After the preset duration, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME. A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a mobility management entity MME, including:
接收器,用于获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息;  a receiver, configured to acquire service continuity information of a PDN connection of a packet data network of a user equipment UE;
处理器, 用于当触发条件满足时, 根据所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续;  a processor, configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity when the trigger condition is met;
若否, 则所述处理器为所述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指示所 述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与所述 新 PGW建立新 PDN连接; 若是, 则所述处理器保持所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。 在本发明第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用 于: If not, the processor selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish a new with the new PGW. PDN connection; If so, the processor maintains the UE's connection with the original PGW. In a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的 各业务的连续性信息确定。  The service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device is received, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the network device according to continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
在本发明第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF、所述原 PGW、为所述 UE服务的服务网关 S-GW 中的任意一个。  In a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the network device is any one of a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
在本发明第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为通用无线分组服 务技术隧道标签 GTP协议时, 所述接收器具体用于:  In a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a general wireless packet service technology tunnel label In the GTP protocol, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收所述 PCRF通过所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接 的业务连续性信息。  Receiving service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF by the original PGW and the S-GW.
在本发明第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联网 协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议时, 所述接收器具体用于:  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a proxy mobile internet protocol version 6 In the PMIPv6 protocol, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 Receiving service continuity of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft is self-defeating.
在本发明第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为所 述原 PGW时, 所述接收器具体用于:  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, when the network device is the original PGW, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收所述原 PGW通过所述 SGW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 Receiving service continuity of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft is self-defeating.
在本发明第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 当所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 S-GW时, 所述接收器具体用于:  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, when the network device is an S-GW that serves the UE, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Receiving service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW.
在本发明第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用 于:  In a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the receiver is specifically used to:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 在本发明第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用 于: Obtaining continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and acquiring service continuity information of the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. In an eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiver is specifically configured to:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  Obtaining continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determining, according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections If it is required to be continuous, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用 于:  In a ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the receiver is specifically used to:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,所述 MME确定 所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略;  Obtaining continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determining, according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections It is required to keep continuous, and the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略,则所述 MME确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持 连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the MME determines The business continuity of the PDN is not required to be continuous.
结合本发明第五方面以及第五方面的第一种至第九种可能的实现方 式,在本发明第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述接收器具体用于: 接收为所述 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的所述 PDN连接上各承载 的连续性信息。  With reference to the fifth aspect of the present invention, and the first to the ninth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the receiver is specifically configured to: The continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW of the UE service.
结合本发明第五方面以及第五方面的第一种至第十种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发条件为以 下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、新的业务发起、原有业务结束、 演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS承载的删除。  With reference to the fifth aspect of the present invention and the first to tenth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the trigger condition is any one of the following conditions : Mobility management event occurrence, new service initiation, legacy service termination, evolution of packet system EPS bearer, modification of EPS bearer, and deletion of EPS bearer.
结合本发明第五方面以及第五方面的第一种至第十一种可能的实现 方式, 在本发明第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器具体 用于: With reference to the fifth aspect of the present invention and the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, Used for:
获取所述原 PDN连接的所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相 关信息, 其中, 所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息包括: 所述各 PGW 与所述 UE的距离信息、所述各 PGW与所述 UE的时延信息、所述各 PGW 的负载信息;  Obtaining information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, where the related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: distance information of each PGW and the UE, and the Delay information of each PGW and the UE, and load information of each PGW;
根据所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息和所述 UE的实际需求从所 述各 PGW中为所述 UE选择新 PGW。  Selecting a new PGW for the UE from the PGWs according to related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN and actual requirements of the UE.
在本发明第五方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:  In a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the method further includes:
发射器, 用于向域名***服务器 DNS发送 DNS查询请求, 用于查询 所述 APN对应的各 P G W信息;  a transmitter, configured to send a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS, for querying each P G W information corresponding to the APN;
所述接收器还用于:接收所述 DNS发送的所述各 PGW的互联网协议 IP地址;  The receiver is further configured to: receive an internet protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS;
所述处理器具体用于:根据所述接收器接收的所述各 PGW的 IP地址 确定所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离。  The processor is specifically configured to: determine, according to an IP address of each PGW received by the receiver, a distance between each PGW and the UE.
在本发明第五方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器具体用 于:  In a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the processor is specifically used to:
从预先配置好的数据库中查询所述原 PDN 连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息。  The information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs is queried from the pre-configured database.
在本发明第五方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器具体用 于:  In a fifteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the processor is specifically used to:
根据第二运营商选择策略确定是否需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 在本发明第五方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二运营商选 择策略为: 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于 EPS连接管理空闲态 ECM-IDLE 时, 为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于任何状 态下都不需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接不 需要保持业务连续性时为所述 UE选择新 PGW。  Determining whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE according to the second operator selection policy. In a sixteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present invention, the second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in an EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE, selecting the UE a new PGW, or, when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, does not need to select a new PGW for the UE, or select a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity. .
本发明第六方面提供一种网络设备, 包括:  A sixth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, including:
接收器, 用于获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息; 处理器: 用于根据所述接收器获取的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务 的业务连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息; 发射器,用于向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性a receiver, configured to obtain service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection; the processor: configured to acquire the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection acquired by the receiver Business continuity information; a transmitter, configured to send the service continuity of the PDN connection to a mobility management entity MME
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft is self-defeating.
在本发明第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器具体用 于:  In a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present invention, the processor is specifically used to:
根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各 业务是否都需要保持连接;  Determining whether the services need to maintain a connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, determining that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的所有业务都不需要保持连续, 则确定所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all the services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器具体用 于:  In a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present invention, the processor is specifically used to:
根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各 业务是否都需要保持连续;  Determining whether the services need to be continuous according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略;  If any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, determine whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  Determining the PDN if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy. Business continuity does not need to be continuous.
结合本发明第六方面以及第六方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 所述接收器具体用于:  With reference to the sixth aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present invention, the network device is a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF The receiver is specifically configured to:
接收包检测实体 TDF发送的各业务的业务流特征信息;  Receiving the service flow characteristic information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF;
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 得 到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。  Determining service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtaining service continuity information of each service.
在本发明第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述各业务的业务流 特征信息包括: 所述业务的五元组信息或所述业务的应用层信息。  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present invention, the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
结合本发明第六方面的第三种和第四种可能的实现方式, 在本发明第 六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器具体用于: In conjunction with the third and fourth possible implementations of the sixth aspect of the invention, in the invention In a fifth possible implementation manner of the six aspects, the receiver is specifically configured to:
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息, 以及预先存储或者从外部数据库 获得的各种业务类型的业务连续性特性信息确定所述各业务的业务连续 性。  The service continuity of the respective services is determined according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and the service continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
结合本发明第六方面以及第六方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 所述接收器具体用于:  With reference to the sixth aspect of the present invention and the first and second possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF The receiver is specifically configured to:
接收包检测实体 TDF 发送的所述各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述各业务的业务连续性信息为所述 TDF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征 信息确定的。  The service continuity information of the services sent by the packet detection entity TDF is received, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
结合本发明第六方面以及第六方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的分组数据网关 PGW和服务 网关 S-GW之间的协议为无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议;  With reference to the sixth aspect of the present invention and the first to sixth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network device is a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF And the protocol between the packet data gateway PGW and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE is a wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol;
所述发射器具体用于: 通过所述 PGW和所述 S-GW向所述 MME发 送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  The transmitter is specifically configured to: send, by the PGW and the S-GW, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
结合本发明第六方面以及第六方面的第一种至第六种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的 协议为代理移动互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议;  With reference to the sixth aspect of the present invention and the first to sixth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network device is a policy control rule formula entity PCRF And the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
所述发射器具体用于: 通过所述 S-GW 向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。  The transmitter is specifically configured to: send, by using the S-GW, service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
结合本发明第六方面以及第六方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为所 述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述接收器具体用于:  With reference to the sixth aspect of the present invention, and the first and second possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network device is configured to serve the UE The PGW, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定;  Receiving the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述发射器具体用于: 通过为所述 UE服务的 SGW向所述 MME发 送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 结合本发明第六方面以及第六方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为所 述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述接收器具体用于: The transmitter is specifically configured to: send, by the SGW serving the UE, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME. With reference to the sixth aspect of the present invention, and the first and second possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network device is configured to serve the UE The PGW, the receiver is specifically configured to:
当所述 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时,所述 PGW获取所述 各业务的业务流特征信息;  The PGW acquires service flow characteristic information of each service when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection;
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 得 到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。  Determining service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtaining service continuity information of each service.
结合本发明第六方面以及第六方面的第一种和第二种可能的实现方 式, 在本发明第六方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW,所述接收器具体用于:接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN 连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的 各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确 定。  With reference to the sixth aspect of the present invention, and the first and second possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network device is configured to serve the UE The SGW, the receiver is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF The service flow characteristic information of each service is determined.
在本发明第六方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述接收器具体用于:  In a twelfth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定;  Receiving the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述处理器具体用于: 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性;  The processor is specifically configured to: determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断所述 PDN连接上各承 载是否都需要保持连续;  Determining, according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则确定所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If any one of the PDN connections needs to be contiguous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第六方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述接收器具体用于:  In a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present invention, the network device is an SGW that serves the UE, and the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; Receiving service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the Determining service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述处理器具体用于: 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性;  The processor is specifically configured to: determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 确定所述 PDN 连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略;  If any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, determine whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续;  If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  Determining the PDN if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy. Business continuity does not need to be continuous.
在本发明第六方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器具体用 于:  In a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present invention, the transmitter is specifically used to:
确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变化时,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  When it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
在本发明第六方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中, 如果所述 PDN连 接刚建立, 所述发射器具体用于:  In a fifteenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present invention, if the PDN connection is just established, the transmitter is specifically configured to:
在预设时长之后,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 本发明实施例提供一种业务连续性判断方法和设备, MME获取 UE的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN 连接是否需要保持业务连续;如果 PDN连接不需要保持业务连续,则 MME 为 UE选择新 PGW, 如果 PDN连接需要保持业务连续, 则 MME保持 UE 与原 PGW的连接。 上述方法, 能够保证需要保持业务连续性的 UE的业 务正常连续, 而且在不影响 PDN连接中各业务的业务连续性的前提下, 为不需要保证业务连续性的 UE选择更适合的 PGW,使得 UE的路径更优, 节省了路由资源。 附图说明  After the preset duration, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME. The embodiment of the present invention provides a service continuity determination method and device, where the MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE, and determines whether the PDN connection needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection; if the PDN connection does not need to be maintained If the service is continuous, the MME selects a new PGW for the UE. If the PDN connection needs to keep the service continuous, the MME maintains the UE's connection with the original PGW. The foregoing method can ensure that the services of the UEs that need to maintain service continuity are normally continuous, and select a more suitable PGW for the UE that does not need to ensure service continuity without affecting the service continuity of each service in the PDN connection. The UE has a better path and saves routing resources. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案, 下面将对 实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍, 显而易见 地, 下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员 来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的 附图。 In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description Are some embodiments of the invention, to those of ordinary skill in the art In other words, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without paying for creative labor.
图 1为 3GPP网络的基本架构示意图;  Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the basic architecture of a 3GPP network;
图 2本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例一的流程图;  2 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a method for processing business continuity of the present invention;
图 3为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例二的流程图;  3 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention;
图 4为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例三的信令流程图;  4 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention;
图 5为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例四的信令流程图;  FIG. 5 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 4 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention;
图 6为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例五的信令流程图;  6 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention;
图 7为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例六的信令流程图;  7 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention;
图 8为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例七的信令流程图,  8 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 7 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention.
图 9为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例八的信令流程图; 图 10为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例九的信令流程图; 图 11为本发明移动管理实体实施例一的结构示意图;  9 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 8 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention; FIG. 10 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 9 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention; FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a mobility management entity according to the present invention; a schematic diagram of the structure;
图 12为本发明移动管理实体实施例二的结构示意图;  12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention;
图 13为本发明网络设备实施例一的结构示意图;  13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to the present invention;
图 14为本发明移动管理实体实施例三的结构示意图;  14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention;
图 15为本发明网络设备实施例二的结构示意图。 具体实施方式  FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to the present invention. detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本 发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描 述, 显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提 下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
在介绍本发明各实施例之前, 先介绍本发明的一个应用场景, 本发明主 要应用在 3GPP网络中, 图 1为 3GPP网络的基本架构示意图, 如图 1所示, 在该架构中, 要访问某个分组数据网络 (Packet Data Network, 简称 PDN) , UE需要连接到一个特定的 PGW, 该特定 PGW负责为 UE分配访问该 PDN 网络的 IP地址, 3GPP网络中可以连接到某个 PDN的 PGW可能会有多个。 在 3GPP网络中, UE与 PGW之间就是运营商所部属的网络, 该网络中主要 包括演进的通用陆基无线接入网 (evolved universal terrestrial radio access network, 简称 e-UTRAN)、 移动性管理实体 (Mobility Management Entity, 简称 MME) 、 归属用户服务器(Home Subscriber Server, 简称 HSS ) 、 服务 网关(Server Gateway, 简称 SGW) , 如图 1所示, 3GPP网络中还可以包括 策略控制规则制定实体(Policy Control Rule Function, 简称 PCRF) 、 包检测 实体 (Traffic Detection Function, 简称 TDF) 等。 UE与 PGW之间的运营商 所部属的网络中的各个实体共同构成 UE与 PDN之间业务流的传输路径: UE →E-UTRAN→SGW→PGW, 而该路径就成为一个分组数据网络连接 (PDN connection) , UE可以建立多个 PDN连接, 每个 PDN连接可以包含一或多 个承载(bearer) , 每个 bearer都有特定的传输时延、 传输带宽等特性, 这些 bearer用于承载 PDN连接上的具有不同网络要求的业务流, 每个 bearer可以 承载一个或多个业务流。因此,每个 PDN连接上面可以有多个不同的业务流。 Before introducing various embodiments of the present invention, an application scenario of the present invention is first introduced. The present invention is mainly applied to a 3GPP network. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a basic architecture of a 3GPP network. As shown in FIG. 1 , in this architecture, access is required. A Packet Data Network (PDN), the UE needs to be connected to a specific PGW, which is responsible for allocating the IP address of the PDN network to the UE. The PGW that can be connected to a PDN in the 3GPP network may be There will be more than one. In the 3GPP network, the network between the UE and the PGW is the network of the operator, and the main network An evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (e-UTRAN), a Mobility Management Entity (MME), a Home Subscriber Server (HSS), and a service A gateway (Server Gateway, SGW for short), as shown in FIG. 1 , may also include a Policy Control Rule Function (PCRF) and a Traffic Detection Function (TDF). Each entity in the network of the operator's network between the UE and the PGW together constitutes a transmission path of the service flow between the UE and the PDN: UE → E-UTRAN→SGW→PGW, and the path becomes a packet data network connection ( PDN connection), the UE may establish multiple PDN connections, each PDN connection may include one or more bearers, each bearer has specific transmission delay, transmission bandwidth and the like, and these bearers are used to carry PDN connections. On a service flow with different network requirements, each bearer can carry one or more service flows. Therefore, there can be multiple different traffic flows on each PDN connection.
本发明方案主要可分为两个方面:第一方面、对 UE的某个 PDN连接 的业务连续性特性进行判断, 判断该 PDN连接是否需要保持连续; 第二 方面、网络设备根据获取到的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息为 UE选择合适 的 PGW选择的过程。  The solution of the present invention can be mainly divided into two aspects: the first aspect, judging the service continuity characteristic of a certain PDN connection of the UE, and determining whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous; the second aspect, the network device is based on the obtained PDN. The connected service continuity information is a process for the UE to select an appropriate PGW selection.
图 2本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例一的流程图, 本实施例中主要 描述的是 MME根据得到的业务连续性信息为 UE选择合适 PGW的过程,如 图 2所示, 本实施例提供的业务连续性方法包括以下歩骤:  2 is a flowchart of a method for processing a service continuity of the present invention. In this embodiment, a process in which the MME selects a suitable PGW for the UE according to the obtained service continuity information is as described in FIG. The business continuity method provided includes the following steps:
歩骤 101、 MME获取 UE的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 101: The MME obtains service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE.
本发明各实施例中, 业务连续性是指用户的业务是否允许被中断, 也 就是说, 当 UE使用的 IP地址发生变化时, 该 UE正在进行的业务是否还 可以继续正常进行。 如果 UE的 IP地址发生变化, UE正在进行的业务不 受影响, 仍然可以正常进行, 这类业务就称为不需要保持业务连续性的业 务, 例如, 用户访问 Web页面的业务, 当 UE的 IP地址发生变化时并不 会影响用户对 Web页面的访问, 因此, 访问 Web页面的业务为不需要保 持业务连续性的业务。 如果 UE的 IP地址发生变化, 导致该 UE正在进行 的业务中断, 这类业务就称为需要保持业务连续性的业务, 例如互联网协 议语音业务(Voice over Internet Protocol, 简称 VoIP )业务, VoIP业务也 称为网络电话, 如果 UE的 IP地址在通话过程中发生变化, 那么正常的通 话过程就会被中断, 所以 VoIP业务为需要保持业务连续性的业务。 保证 业务连续性主要有两种方式, 一种方式中是通过应用层的相关机制来保 证, 另一种方式中是通过网络层 (IP层) 的机制来保证。 网络层的机制主 要是通过保证 UE的 IP地址在整个业务会话过程中保持不变来实现的。为 了保证 UE的 IP地址不发生变化,就要求 UE任何状态下(例如移动状态) 其所使用的 IP地址锚点不发生变化, 此处的 IP地址锚点通常是指网络中 的某些网关, 例如 3GPP网络中的 PGW, 只要 UE所使用的 PGW不变, UE的 IP地址就保持不变。 In the embodiments of the present invention, the service continuity refers to whether the service of the user is allowed to be interrupted. That is, when the IP address used by the UE changes, whether the ongoing service of the UE can continue to be normal. If the IP address of the UE changes, the services being performed by the UE are not affected, and the service can still be performed normally. This type of service is called a service that does not need to maintain service continuity. For example, the service that the user accesses the Web page, when the IP of the UE When the address changes, it does not affect the user's access to the Web page. Therefore, the service accessing the Web page is a service that does not need to maintain business continuity. If the IP address of the UE changes, the service is interrupted by the UE. This type of service is called a service that needs to maintain service continuity, such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service, and VoIP service. Called VoIP, if the IP address of the UE changes during the call, then the normal pass The call process is interrupted, so the VoIP service is a service that needs to maintain business continuity. There are two main ways to ensure business continuity. One is guaranteed by the relevant mechanism of the application layer, and the other is guaranteed by the mechanism of the network layer (IP layer). The mechanism of the network layer is mainly implemented by ensuring that the IP address of the UE remains unchanged throughout the service session. In order to ensure that the IP address of the UE does not change, the UE needs to change the IP address anchor used in any state (for example, the mobile state). The IP address anchor here usually refers to some gateways in the network. For example, the PGW in the 3GPP network, as long as the PGW used by the UE is unchanged, the IP address of the UE remains unchanged.
本发明各实施例中, PDN连接的业务连续性信息或 PDN连接上承载 的各业务的业务连续性信息包括以下三种情况:(a)需要保持业务连续性; (b) 只在演进的分组*** (Evolved Packet System, 简称 EPS ) 连接管理连接 态 (EPS Connection Management-CONNECED, 简称 ECM-CONNECED) 需要保持业务连续性; (c)不需要保持业务连续性等, 此处只是列出了 3 种 业务连续性信息, 但本发明并不以此为限制, 业务的连续性信息还可以包 括其他信息。  In the embodiments of the present invention, the service continuity information of the PDN connection or the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection includes the following three situations: (a) need to maintain service continuity; (b) only in the evolved group Evolved Packet System (EPS) EPS Connection Management-CONNECED (ECM-CONNECED) needs to maintain business continuity; (c) does not need to maintain business continuity, etc., only three are listed here. Business continuity information, but the invention is not limited thereto, and the continuity information of the service may also include other information.
MME获取 UE的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 可以通过以下两种方 式:  The MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE, and can adopt the following two methods:
第一种获取方式, MME接收网络设备发送的 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 其中, PDN连接的业务连续性信息由该网络设备根据 PDN连接上 承载的各业务的连续性信息确定。  In the first method, the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the network device according to the continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
其中, 该网络设备可以为策略控制规则制定实体(Policy Control Rule Function, 简称 PCRF ) 、 原 PGW、 为 UE服务的服务网关 S-GW中的任 意一个。 PCRF、原 PGW和 SGW都可以根据 PDN连接上承载的各业务的 连续性信息确定 PDN连接的业务连续性。  The network device may be any one of a Policy Control Rule Function (PCRF), an original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE. The PCRF, the original PGW, and the SGW can determine the service continuity of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
当网络设备为 PCRF时, 且原 PGW和 S-GW之间的协议为通用无线 分组服务技术(General Packet Radio Service,简称 GPRS )隧道标签(GPRS Turning Protocol, 简称 GTP) 协议时, MME接收网络设备发送的 PDN连 接的业务连续性信息, 具体为: MME接收 PCRF通过原 PGW和 S-GW发 送的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 即 PCRF确定 PDN连接的业务连续性 后,将 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发送给原 PGW,原 PGW再发送给 SGW, 由 SGW发送给 MME。 When the network device is a PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) GPRS Turning Protocol (GTP) protocol, the MME receives the network device. The service continuity information of the sent PDN connection is specifically: The MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW. After the PCRF determines the service continuity of the PDN connection, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the original PGW, and the original PGW is sent to the SGW. Sent to the MME by the SGW.
当网络设备为 PCRF时, 且原 PGW和 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动 互联网协议第 6版 IPv6 (Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol Version6, 简称 PMIPv6) 协议时, MME接收网络设备发送的 PDN连接的业务连续性信 息, 具体为: MME接收 PCRF通过 S-GW发送的 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息。 即 PCRF确定 PDN连接的业务连续性后, 将 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息直接发送给 SGW,由 SGW发送给 MME,这个过程中不需要将 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息发送给原 PGW。  When the network device is a PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol Version 6 (PMIPv6) protocol, the MME receives the PDN connection service sent by the network device. The continuity information is specifically: The MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW. That is, after the PCRF determines the service continuity of the PDN connection, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is directly sent to the SGW, and is sent by the SGW to the MME. In this process, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is not sent to the original PGW.
当网络设备为原 PGW时, MME接收网络设备发送的 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息, 具体为: MME接收原 PGW通过 SGW发送的 PDN连接 的业务连续性信息。 即 PGW确定 PDN连接的业务连续性后, 将 PDN连 接的业务连续性信息发送给 SGW, 由 SGW再发送给 MME。  When the network device is the original PGW, the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, specifically: the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW. That is, after the PGW determines the service continuity of the PDN connection, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the SGW, and then sent by the SGW to the MME.
当网络设备为为 UE服务的 S-GW时, MME获取用户设备 UE的分组 数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 具体为: MME接收 S-GW发送的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 即 SGW确定 PDN连接的业务连续性后, SGW直接将 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发送给 MME。  When the network device is the S-GW that serves the UE, the MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE, specifically: the MME receives the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW. That is, after the SGW determines the service continuity of the PDN connection, the SGW directly sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
第二种获取方式, MME获取 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息获取 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  In the second method, the MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
其中, MME获取 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 具体为: MME 接收为 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息。  The MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and specifically: the MME receives the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE.
MME根据 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息获取 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息, 具体为: MME 根据 PDN 连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判断 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接上的任意一个承 载需要保持连续, 则 MME确定 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则 MME确定 PDN的业务连续 性为不需要保持连续。 或者, MME在确定出 PDN连接上的任意一个承载 需要保持业务连续性时, MME进一歩的确定 PDN连接是否满足第一运营 商选择策略,如果 PDN连接满足第一运营商选择策略,则 MME确定 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持 连续, 或者 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是该 PDN连接 不满足第一运营商选择策略,则 MME确定 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保 持连续。 The MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection, and specifically: the MME determines whether the bearers on the PDN connection need to be continuous according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection; The MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous. Alternatively, when the MME determines that any one of the bearers on the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity, the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, and if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the MME determines The service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous, but the PDN connection If the first operator selection policy is not satisfied, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
本实施例中, 第一运营商选择策略中可以包括需要保持业务连续性的 PDN连接的类型,运营商在制定第一运营商选择策略时可以为不同类型的 PDN连接制定不同的策略, 一些 PDN连接为需要保持业务连续性, 另一 些 PDN连接为不需要保持业务连续性。 MME根据当前 PDN连接的类型 确定该 PDN连接是否需要保持连接。 第一运营商选择策略中还可以包括 用户的签约信息, 该用户的签约信息中记录有该 PDN的业务连续性信息, 即该 PDN为需要保持业务连续性或不需要保持业务连续性, MME可以根 据用户签约信息中记录的 PDN的业务连续性信息确定该 PDN连接是否需 要保持连接。 第一运营商选择策略由运营商制定, 不同运营商制定的策略 可能会不同, 因此, 本发明各实施例中提到的第一运营商选择策略还可以 是其他策略, 本发明并不对此进行限制。  In this embodiment, the first carrier selection policy may include a type of PDN connection that needs to maintain service continuity, and the operator may formulate different policies for different types of PDN connections when formulating the first operator selection policy, some PDNs. Connections need to maintain business continuity, and other PDN connections do not need to maintain business continuity. The MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to remain connected according to the type of the current PDN connection. The first carrier selection policy may further include the subscription information of the user, where the subscription information of the user records the service continuity information of the PDN, that is, the PDN needs to maintain service continuity or does not need to maintain service continuity, and the MME may It is determined whether the PDN connection needs to remain connected according to the service continuity information of the PDN recorded in the user subscription information. The first carrier selection policy is determined by the operator, and the policies formulated by the different operators may be different. Therefore, the first operator selection policy mentioned in the embodiments of the present invention may also be other policies, and the present invention does not limit.
歩骤 102、 当触发条件满足时, MME根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信 息确定 PDN连接是否需要保持连续。  Step 102: When the trigger condition is met, the MME determines, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous.
MME在获取到 PDN连接的业务连续性信息后, 当触发条件满足时, MME根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接是否需要保持连续, 这里触发条件可以为以下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、 新的业 务发起、原有业务结束、 EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS的删除。 其中, EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS的删除都为会话管理事件, 具体地, MME确定 UE进行了位置更新,或者 UE切换到了一个新的 MME, 或者有与该 PDN连接相关的事件发生时, MME根据 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息确定 PDN连接是否需要保持连续, 即 MME判断是否需要为 UE 选择新的 PGW, 这里有与该 PDN连接相关的事件发生具体可以指: 有新 的业务发起或结束, EPS Bearer的创建、 修改以及删除等。 如果判断结果 为否, 则执行歩骤 103, 如果判断结果为是, 则执行歩骤 104。  After the MME obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection, when the trigger condition is met, the MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, where the trigger condition may be any one of the following conditions: mobility management Event occurrence, new service initiation, end of legacy service, creation of EPS bearer, modification of EPS bearer, and deletion of EPS. The creation of the EPS bearer, the modification of the EPS bearer, and the deletion of the EPS are both session management events. Specifically, the MME determines that the UE has performed location update, or the UE switches to a new MME, or has an event related to the PDN connection. When the MME occurs, the MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, that is, the MME determines whether it is necessary to select a new PGW for the UE. Here, the event related to the PDN connection may specifically refer to: Initiate or end, create, modify, and delete EPS Bearer. If the result of the determination is no, step 103 is performed. If the result of the determination is yes, then step 104 is performed.
歩骤 103、 MME为 UE选择新 PGW, 并指示 UE断开与为 UE服务的 原 PGW的连接, 以及指示 UE与新 PGW建立新 PDN连接。  Step 103: The MME selects a new PGW for the UE, and instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish a new PDN connection with the new PGW.
如果 MME根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定该 PDN连接不需要 保持连续, 则可以为 UE选择一个新 PGW, MME为 UE选择新 PGW, 具 体为: MME获取原 PDN连接的所属的访问接入点 ( Access Point Name, 简称 APN) 对应的各 PGW的相关信息, 其中, APN对应的各 PGW的相 关信息包括: 各 PGW与 UE的距离信息、 各 PGW与 UE的时延信息、 各 PGW的负载信息; MME根据 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息和 UE的实 际需求从各 PGW中为 UE选择新 PGW。 If the MME determines that the PDN connection does not need to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the UE may select a new PGW for the UE, and the MME selects a new PGW for the UE, The MME obtains information about each PGW corresponding to an Access Point Name (APN) to which the original PDN is connected, where the information about each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: distance information between each PGW and the UE. The delay information of each PGW and the UE and the load information of each PGW; the MME selects a new PGW for each UE from each PGW according to the information about each PGW corresponding to the APN and the actual demand of the UE.
其中, MME获取原 PDN连接所属的 APN对应的各 PGW的与 UE的 距离信息, 具体为: MME通过标准的域名*** (Domain Name System, 简称 DNS )查询过程向 DNS服务器发送 DNS查询请求,用于查询该 APN 对应的各 PGW信息, 然后, DNS服务器向 MME返回原 PDN连接所属的 APN对应的各 PGW的 IP地址, MME接收 DNS发送的原 PDN连接所属 的 APN对应的各 PGW的 IP地址, 根据各 PGW的 IP地址和 UE的位置 信息确定各 PGW与 UE的距离。 MME可以按照各 PGW与 UE的距离从 近到远的距离生成 PGW的距离排序列表,或者按照各 PGW与 UE的时延 从小到大生成 PGW的时延排序列表, 或者按照各 PGW的负载从小到大 生成 PGW的负载排序列表, 从而根据这些排序列表进行最优的 PGW的 选择, 这里 UE的位置信息可以小区标识 (Cell Identity, 简称 cell ID ) , 跟踪区标识(Tracking Area Identity, 简称 TAI)或基站标识(eNB ID)等。  The MME obtains the distance information of the PGWs of the PGWs corresponding to the APNs to which the original PDN connection belongs, and specifically: the MME sends a DNS query request to the DNS server by using a standard Domain Name System (DNS) query process. Querying the PGW information corresponding to the APN, the DNS server returns the IP address of each PGW corresponding to the APN to which the original PDN connection belongs to the MME, and the MME receives the IP address of each PGW corresponding to the APN to which the original PDN connection is sent by the DNS, according to The IP address of each PGW and the location information of the UE determine the distance between each PGW and the UE. The MME may generate a distance sorting list of the PGW according to the distance between each PGW and the UE, or generate a delay sorting list of the PGW according to the delay of each PGW and the UE, or according to the load of each PGW from small to large. The load list of the PGW is generated, and the optimal PGW is selected according to the sorted list. The location information of the UE may be a Cell Identity (cell ID), a Tracking Area Identity (TAI), or Base station identification (eNB ID), etc.
可选的, MME获取原 PDN连接所属的 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信 息, 还可以通过以下方式: MME从预先配置好的数据库中查询原 PDN连 接所属 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息, 当然, MME也可以从操作管理 维护 ( Operation Administration and Maintenance, 简称 OAM) 中心或其他 外部数据库获取 PGW的相关信息。  Optionally, the MME obtains information about each PGW corresponding to the APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, and may also: query the information about each PGW corresponding to the APN to which the original PDN connection belongs from the pre-configured database, of course, The MME can also obtain information about the PGW from the Operation Administration and Maintenance (OAM) center or other external database.
MME为 UE选择合适 PGW的判断原则可以包括多个方面,例如 MME 选择距离 UE当前位置最近的 PGW, 或选择负载更小 PGW, 或选择与 UE 之间的路由路径更短的 PGW等等。 可选地, MME在为 UE选择新 PGW 时, 可能还需要考虑运营商的网络策略, 即 MME需要根据第二运营商选 择策略确定是否需要为 UE选择新 PGW,在满足第二运营商选择策略的情 况下 MME为该 UE选择新 PGW,第二运营商选择策略由运营商自己制定, 第二运营商选择策略可以为: 当 UE的 PDN连接处于 ECM-IDLE状态时, 为 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当 UE的 PDN连接处于任何状态下都不需要 为 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当 UE的 PDN连接不需要保持业务连续性时 为 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 在任何情况下, 都不会为 UE选择新 PGW。 不同运营商制定的选择策略可能有所不同, 当然, 第二运营商选择策略还 可以是其他策略, 本发明并不对此进行限制。 如果第二运营商选择策略为 当 UE 的 PDN 连接处于 EPS 连接管理空闲态 (EPS Connection Management-IDLE, 简称 ECM-IDLE) 时, 为 UE选择新 PGW, 贝 lj MME 在为 UE选择新 PGW时,还需要判断 UE的 PDN连接是否处于 ECM-IDLE 态, 只有当 UE的 PDN连接处于 ECM-IDLE态时 MME才为 UE选择新 PGW, 如果 UE的 PDN连接处于 ECM-CONNECTION态, UE的 PDN连 接需要保持连续, MME 不能为 UE 选择新 PGW。 UE 的 PDN 连接有 ECM-CONNECED态和 ECM-IDLE态, 在 ECM-CONNECED态下 UE与 网络连接, 能够进行正常的业务; 在 ECM-IDLE态下 UE处于空闲状态, UE与网络断开连接, UE没有业务。 The criterion for the MME to select a suitable PGW for the UE may include multiple aspects, such as the MME selecting a PGW that is closest to the current location of the UE, or selecting a smaller PGW, or selecting a PGW with a shorter routing path between the UEs, and the like. Optionally, when the MME selects a new PGW for the UE, the MME may also need to consider the network policy of the operator, that is, the MME needs to determine whether to select a new PGW for the UE according to the second operator selection policy, and meet the second operator selection policy. The MME selects a new PGW for the UE, and the second operator selection policy is determined by the operator. The second operator selection policy may be: when the PDN connection of the UE is in the ECM-IDLE state, the new PGW is selected for the UE. Or, it is not required when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state. Selecting a new PGW for the UE, or selecting a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity, or, in any case, does not select a new PGW for the UE. The selection strategy formulated by different operators may be different. Of course, the second carrier selection policy may also be other policies, and the present invention does not limit this. If the second operator selects a policy to select a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE is in the EPS Connection Management-IDLE (ECM-IDLE), when the UE selects a new PGW for the UE, It is also necessary to determine whether the PDN connection of the UE is in the ECM-IDLE state, and the MME selects a new PGW for the UE only when the PDN connection of the UE is in the ECM-IDLE state. If the PDN connection of the UE is in the ECM-CONNECTION state, the PDN connection of the UE needs to be Keeping continuous, the MME cannot select a new PGW for the UE. The UE's PDN connection has an ECM-CONNECED state and an ECM-IDLE state. In the ECM-CONNECED state, the UE is connected to the network to perform normal services. In the ECM-IDLE state, the UE is in an idle state, and the UE is disconnected from the network. The UE has no service.
如果 MME确定为 UE的 PDN连接选择新 PGW, 则发起断开 UE与 原 PGW之间的 PDN 连接的过程,并要求 UE发起基于相同 APN的新 PDN 连接建立过程,此过程中 MME会发起 UE的 PDN connection disconnection 流程, 该流程会将网络中与该 PDN连接相关的所有上下文信息都删除掉。 同时 MME会指示 UE使用原 PDN连接所属 APN来进行新 PGW的选择, 然后在 UE与新 PGW之间完成新 PDN连接的建立。  If the MME determines to select a new PGW for the PDN connection of the UE, initiates a process of disconnecting the PDN connection between the UE and the original PGW, and requests the UE to initiate a new PDN connection establishment process based on the same APN, in which the MME initiates the UE. PDN connection disconnection process, which deletes all context information related to the PDN connection in the network. At the same time, the MME instructs the UE to use the original PDN to connect to the APN to select a new PGW, and then completes the establishment of a new PDN connection between the UE and the new PGW.
歩骤 104、 MME保持 UE与原 PGW的连接。  Step 104: The MME maintains a connection between the UE and the original PGW.
如果 MME根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定该 PDN连接需要保 持连续, 则说明 PDN连接上承载的业务中有业务需要保持连续, 为了保 证业务的连续性, 需要保证 UE的 IP地址不变, 因此, 不能为 UE选择新 PGW, UE仍使用原 PGW进行通信。  If the MME determines that the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, it indicates that the service carried in the PDN connection needs to be continuous. To ensure the continuity of the service, the IP address of the UE needs to be kept unchanged. , The new PGW cannot be selected for the UE, and the UE still uses the original PGW for communication.
本实施例提供的方法,ΜΜΕ获取 UE的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续; 如果 PDN连接不需要保持业务连续, 则 ΜΜΕ为 UE选择新 PGW, 如果 PDN连接需要保持业务连续, 则 ΜΜΕ保持 UE与原 PGW的连接。 上述 方法, 能够保证需要保持业务连续性的 UE的业务正常连续, 而且在不影 响 PDN连接中各业务的业务连续性的前提下, 为不需要保证业务连续性 的 UE选择更适合的 PGW, 使得 UE的路径更优, 节省了路由资源。 The method provided in this embodiment obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE, and determines whether the PDN connection needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection. If the PDN connection does not need to maintain the service continuity, the UE selects the UE. The new PGW, if the PDN connection needs to keep the traffic continuous, then keep the UE connected to the original PGW. The foregoing method can ensure that the services of the UEs that need to maintain service continuity are normal and continuous, and do not need to ensure service continuity without affecting the service continuity of each service in the PDN connection. The UE selects a more suitable PGW, which makes the UE's path better and saves routing resources.
图 3为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例二的流程图, 本实施例中主 要描述的是对 UE 的某个 PDN连接的业务连续性特性进行判断, 判断该 PDN连接是否需要保持连续, 如图 3所示, 本实施例提供的业务连续性处 理方法包括以下歩骤:  3 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention. In this embodiment, a service continuity characteristic of a PDN connection of a UE is determined, and it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous. As shown in FIG. 3, the service continuity processing method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
歩骤 201、 网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信 息。  Step 201: The network device acquires service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
本实施例中, 网络设备可以为 PCRF、 为 UE服务的 PGW或 SGW中 的任意一个。  In this embodiment, the network device may be any one of a PCRF, a PGW serving the UE, or an SGW.
当网络设备为 PCRF时, 则网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务 的业务连续性信息, 有两种方式: 第一种获取方式、 PCRF接收包检测实 体 (Traffic Detection Function, 简称 TDF) 发送的各业务的业务流特征信 息; PCRF根据各业务的业务流特征信息确定各业务的业务连续性, 得到 各业务的业务连续性信息。 第二种获取方式、 PCRF接收 TDF发送的各业 务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 各业务的业务连续性信息为 TDF 根据各业 务的业务流特征信息确定的。  When the network device is a PCRF, the network device obtains the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection in two ways: The first acquisition mode, and the PCRF packet detection entity (Traffic Detection Function, TDF) The service flow characteristic information of each service; the PCRF determines the service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtains business continuity information of each service. The second acquisition mode, the PCRF receives the service continuity information of each service sent by the TDF, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
第一种获取方式中, TDF对 PDN连接上承载的各业务的开始和结束 进行检测, 当 PDN连接上有业务发起或者结束时, TDF对该业务进行检 测, 具体的检测方法可以采用诸如深度包检测 (Deep Packet Inspection, 简称 DPI) 技术等, 并根据检测结果获取业务的业务流特征信息, 此处, 业务流特征信息可能是任何的与业务流相关的信息, 如业务的五元组信息 或业务的应用层信息, 业务的五元组信息包括: 原 IP地址、 目的 IP地址、 原端口号、 目的端口号、协议类型。 TDF获取到业务的业务流特征信息后, 将业务流特征信息发送给 PCRF。  In the first mode, the TDF detects the start and end of each service carried on the PDN connection. When a service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the TDF detects the service. The specific detection method may be, for example, a deep packet. Detecting (Deep Packet Inspection, DPI) technology, and obtaining service flow characteristic information of the service according to the detection result, where the service flow characteristic information may be any information related to the service flow, such as quintuple information of the service or Application layer information of the service. The quintuple information of the service includes: original IP address, destination IP address, original port number, destination port number, and protocol type. After acquiring the service flow characteristic information of the service, the TDF sends the service flow characteristic information to the PCRF.
PCRF在获取到 TDF发送的各业务的业务流特征信息后, 根据各业务 的业务流特征信息确定各业务的业务连续性, 具体为: PCRF根据各业务 的业务流特征信息, 以及预先存储或者从外部数据库 (第三方业务平台或 DPI数据库) 获得的各种业务的业务连续性特性信息确定各业务的业务连 续性。 即 PCRF上预先保存有每种业务的业务连续性信息, 即哪种业务需 要保持连续性, 哪种业务不需要保持连续性, 然后, 根据获取到业务流特 征信息, 与预先存储的各业务的业务连续性进行匹配, 举例来说, PCRF 上存储有 QQ业务和 VoIP业务的业务连续性信息, QQ业务的业务连续性 信息为不需要保持连续性, VoIP业务的业务连续性信息为需要保持连续, PCRF根据获取到的业务特征流信息中的五元组信息以及应用层的信息, 确定该业务是否为 QQ业务, 如果为 QQ业务, 则确定该业务不需要保持 业务连续性, 如果该业务为 VoIP业务, 则确定该业务需要保持业务连续 性。 After obtaining the service flow characteristic information of each service sent by the TDF, the PCRF determines the service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, specifically: the PCRF is based on the service flow characteristic information of each service, and is pre-stored or The business continuity characteristic information of various services obtained by the external database (third-party service platform or DPI database) determines the business continuity of each service. That is, the business continuity information of each service is pre-stored on the PCRF, that is, which service needs to maintain continuity, which service does not need to maintain continuity, and then, according to the acquired service flow The information is matched with the business continuity of the pre-stored services. For example, the PCRF stores the business continuity information of the QQ service and the VoIP service, and the service continuity information of the QQ service does not need to maintain continuity, and the VoIP The service continuity information of the service needs to be kept continuous. The PCRF determines whether the service is a QQ service according to the information of the quintuple information and the application layer information in the obtained service feature flow information. If it is a QQ service, it determines that the service is not Business continuity needs to be maintained. If the service is a VoIP service, it is determined that the service needs to maintain business continuity.
第二种获取方式中, TDF对业务进行检测, 获取到业务的业务流特征 信息后, 根据业务的业务流特征信息确定业务的业务连续性, TDF可采用 与 PCRF相同的方法根据业务流特征信息确定业务的业务连续性, 这里不 再赘述。  In the second acquisition mode, the TDF detects the service, and after obtaining the service flow characteristic information of the service, determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service, and the TDF can adopt the same method as the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information. Determine the business continuity of the business, and will not go into details here.
当网络设备为为 UE服务的 PGW时, 网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载 的各业务的业务连续性信息, 具体有两种方式: 第一种获取方式、 PGW 接收 PCRF发送的 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由 PCRF根据各业务的业务流特征 信息确定。 第二种获取方式、 当 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时, PGW获取各业务的业务流特征信息, PGW根据各业务的业务流特征信息 确定各业务的业务连续性, 得到各业务的业务连续性信息。 其中, 各业务 的业务流特征信息可以由 TDF检测得到, 然后发送给 PGW。  When the network device is a PGW serving the UE, the network device obtains the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and the method is as follows: The first acquisition mode, the PGW receives the PDN connection sent by the PCRF. The service continuity information of the service, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service. In the second acquisition mode, when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the PGW obtains the service flow characteristic information of each service, and the PGW determines the service continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtains the service continuity of each service. Business continuity information. The service flow characteristic information of each service can be detected by the TDF and then sent to the PGW.
当网络设备为为 UE服务的 SGW, 网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的 各业务的业务连续性信息, 具体为: SGW接收 PCRF发送的 PDN连接上 承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务 连续性由 PCRF根据各业务的业务流特征信息确定。  When the network device is the SGW that serves the UE, the network device obtains the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, where the SGW receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where, the PDN The service continuity of each service carried on the connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
歩骤 202、网络设备根据 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息 获取 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 202: The network device acquires service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
网络设备根据 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息获取 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息, 具体为: 网络设备根据 PDN连接上承载的各业 务的业务连续性信息, 判断各业务是否都需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接 上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则网络设备确定 PDN 连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接上承载的所有业务都 不需要保持连续, 则网络设备确定 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持 连续。 或者, 网络设备在确定出 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个 业务需要保持连续, 进一歩地, 网络设备确定 PDN连接是否满足第一运 营商选择策略, 如果 PDN连接满足第一运营商选择策略, 则网络设备确 定 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接上所有业务都不需 要保持连续, 或者 PDN连接上的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 但是 PDN 连接不满足第一运营商选择策略, 则网络设备确定 PDN连接的业务连续 性为不需要保持连续。 The network device obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and specifically: the network device determines whether each service needs to be maintained according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection. Continuously; if any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the services carried on the PDN connection are Without continuing to be contiguous, the network device determines that the business continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous. Alternatively, the network device determines that any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, and the network device determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, if the PDN connection meets the first carrier selection. The policy determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the services on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any service on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first carrier selection. The policy, then the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
以下具体来说明网络设备根据 PDN连接上承载的每个业务的业务连 续性信息判断该 PDN连接的业务连续性的方法。 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息包括: (a)需要保持业务连续性; (b)不需要保持业务连续性; (c) 只在 ECM-CONNECTED态需要保持业务连续性。 每当 PDN连接中有业 务开始或者结束, 网络设备就根据该业务的业务连续性信息来更新 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 这里, 通过每个业务的业务连续性信息来判断整 个 PDN连接的业务连续性的原则为: 只有当该 PDN连接上承载的所有的 业务都不需要保持业务连续性时, 该 PDN连接才不需要保持业务连续性; 如果该 PDN连接中有一个业务需要保持业务连续性, 则该 PDN连接就需 要保持业务连续性。  The following specifically describes a method for the network device to determine the service continuity of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection. Business continuity information for PDN connections includes: (a) business continuity needs to be maintained; (b) business continuity does not need to be maintained; (c) business continuity needs to be maintained only in the ECM-CONNECTED state. Whenever a service starts or ends in the PDN connection, the network device updates the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of the service. Here, the principle of judging the service continuity of the entire PDN connection by the service continuity information of each service is: The PDN connection is not required only when all the services carried on the PDN connection do not need to maintain service continuity. Maintain business continuity; if there is a service in the PDN connection that needs to maintain business continuity, the PDN connection needs to maintain business continuity.
此处, 也可以认为 PDN连接的各业务的业务连续性信息具有优先级, 业务连续性的优先级从高到底依次为 (a) 、 (b) 、 (c) , PDN连接的业务 连续性总是与该 PDN连接中优先级最高的业务的业务连续性保持一致。在具 体的实现过程中, 为了便于当有些业务结束时对 PDN 连接的业务连续性判 断, 网络设备可以在 PDN连接的上下文中为每种业务的业务连续性维护一个 计数器,该计数器用于记录属于该计数器所对应的业务连续性的业务的数量, 计数器的初始值为 0, 每当有一个业务建立时, 将该业务所对应的业务连续 性的对应的计数器加 1, 每当一个业务结束时, 将该业务所对应的业务连续 性的对应的计数器的值减 1, 计数器的值为 0则表明该 PDN连接中不存在需 要保持业务连续性的业务。  Here, it can also be considered that the service continuity information of each service of the PDN connection has priority, and the priority of the business continuity is (a), (b), (c), and the business continuity of the PDN connection is high. It is consistent with the business continuity of the highest priority service in the PDN connection. In a specific implementation process, in order to facilitate the judgment of the service continuity of the PDN connection when some services are terminated, the network device may maintain a counter for the service continuity of each service in the context of the PDN connection, and the counter is used for recording The number of services of the business continuity corresponding to the counter, the initial value of the counter is 0. Whenever a service is established, the corresponding counter of the service continuity corresponding to the service is incremented by one, whenever a service ends. The value of the counter corresponding to the service continuity corresponding to the service is decremented by 1. The value of the counter is 0, indicating that there is no service in the PDN connection that needs to maintain service continuity.
当网络设备为 SGW时,网络设备根据 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息获取 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 具体为: SGW根据 PDN 连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接上各承载的连续性, SGW根据 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断 PDN连接上各承载是否 都需要保持连续;如果 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则 SGW 确定 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接上所有承载都不 需要保持连续,则 SGW确定 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。或者, SGW根据 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接上 各承载的连续性,如果 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则 SGW 进一歩确定 PDN是否第一满足运营商选择策略; 如果 PDN连接满足第一 运营商选择策略, 则 SGW确定 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者 PDN连接上的任意一个承 载需要保持连续, 但是 PDN连接不满足第一运营商选择策略, 则 SGW确 定 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 When the network device is the SGW, the network device obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, specifically: the SGW is based on the PDN. The service continuity information of each service carried on the connection determines the continuity of the bearers on the PDN connection. The SGW determines whether the bearers on the PDN connection need to be continuous according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection; if any of the PDN connections are contiguous; If a bearer needs to be continuous, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain contiguous, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous. Or, the SGW determines the continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection. If any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous, the SGW further determines whether the PDN satisfies the carrier first. If the PDN connection satisfies the first carrier selection policy, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous However, the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, and the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
歩骤 203、 网络设备向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 203: The network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
当网络设备为 PCRF, 且 PGW和 S-GW之间的协议为 GTP协议时, 网络设备向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 具体为: PCRF通过 PGW和 S-GW向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务连续性信息,即 PCRF将 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息先发送给 PGW, PGW再转发给 SGW, 由 SGW发 送给 MME。  When the network device is a PCRF, and the protocol between the PGW and the S-GW is the GTP protocol, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME, specifically: the PCRF sends the PDN connection to the MME through the PGW and the S-GW. The service continuity information, that is, the PCRF first sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the PGW, and the PGW forwards the information to the SGW, and the PGW sends the information to the SGW.
当网络设备为 PCRF,且 PGW和 SGW之间的协议为 PMIPv6协议时, 网络设备向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 具体为: PCRF通过 SGW向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务连续性信息,即 PCRF将 PDN连接的 业务连续性信息直接发送给 SGW, 由 SGW再发送给 MME, 不需要通过 PGW。  When the network device is a PCRF, and the protocol between the PGW and the SGW is the PMIPv6 protocol, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME, specifically: the PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the SGW, that is, The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection directly to the SGW, and then sends the information to the MME by the SGW, without passing through the PGW.
当网络设备为 PGW时, 网络设备向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息, 具体为: PGW通过 SGW向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 即 PGW将 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发送给 SGW, 由 SGW发送 给 MME。  When the network device is a PGW, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME, specifically: the PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the SGW, that is, the PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW. , sent by the SGW to the MME.
本实施例中, 可定义一个新的消息参数携带 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 如定义一个 PDN connection service type。 为了减少网络设备频繁的 向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务连续性信息,本实施例中, 网络设备可以确 定 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变化时, 才向 MME发送 PDN连接的业务 连续性信息。 如 UE发起了一个新业务, 而该新业务不需要保持业务连续 性, 而该新业务之前的 UE的所有的业务都不需要保持业务连续性, 则该 PDN连接的业务连续性仍为不需要保持连续, 该 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息并没有发生变化, 网络设备无需重复发送不需要保持业务连续性的消 息。 如果该新业务需要保持业务连续性, 而该新业务之前的 UE的所有的 业务都不需要保证业务连续性, 所以, 该 PDN连接的业务连续性由不需 要保持连续变成了需要保持连续, 该 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发生了 变化, 网络设备需要发送保持业务连续性的消息。 通过上述的方式, 只有 当 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发生变化,网络设备才向 MME发送业务连 续性消息, 从而减少发送业务连续性信息所占用的资源。 In this embodiment, a new message parameter may be defined to carry the service continuity information of the PDN connection, such as defining a PDN connection service type. In this embodiment, the network device can be surely configured to reduce the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME. When the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME. If the UE initiates a new service, and the new service does not need to maintain service continuity, and all the services of the UE before the new service do not need to maintain service continuity, the service continuity of the PDN connection is still unnecessary. Keeping continuous, the service continuity information of the PDN connection does not change, and the network device does not need to repeatedly send messages that do not need to maintain business continuity. If the new service needs to maintain service continuity, and all the services of the UE before the new service do not need to ensure service continuity, the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuously changed to need to be continuous. The service continuity information of the PDN connection changes, and the network device needs to send a message to maintain service continuity. In the above manner, only when the service continuity information of the PDN connection changes, the network device sends a service continuity message to the MME, thereby reducing resources occupied by the service continuity information.
如果一个 PDN 连接刚建立, 网络设备在预设时长之后, 才向 MME 发送 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 以防止 PDN连接刚建立时, UE在很 短的时间内建立不同的业务, 而这些业务具有不同的业务连续性, 网络设 备很短的时间内需要向 MME发送多条 PDN连接的业务连续性信息,造成 资源的浪费。  If a PDN connection is just established, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME after the preset time length, so as to prevent the UE from establishing different services in a short time when the PDN connection is just established. With different service continuity, the network device needs to send service continuity information of multiple PDN connections to the MME in a short period of time, resulting in waste of resources.
本实施例提供的方法, MME通过获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息,根据 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息获取 PDN 连接的业务连续性, 并将 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发送给 MME, 使得 MME根据 UE 的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 为需要保持业务连续的 UE保持 UE与原 PGW的连接, 为不需要保持业务连续性的 UE选择新 PGW, 能够保证需要保持业务连续性的 UE的业务正常连续, 而且在不影 响 PDN连接中业务的业务连续性的前提下, 能够为不需要保证业务连续 性的 UE选择更适合的 PGW, 使得 UE的路径更优, 节省了路由资源。  In the method provided by the embodiment, the MME obtains the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and obtains the service continuity of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, and connects the service of the PDN connection. The continuity information is sent to the MME, so that the MME maintains the connection between the UE and the original PGW for the UE that needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection of the UE, and selects a new PGW for the UE that does not need to maintain service continuity, which can ensure The services of the UEs that need to maintain the continuity of the service are normal and continuous, and can select a more suitable PGW for the UEs that do not need to ensure the continuity of the service, without affecting the service continuity of the services in the PDN connection, so that the path of the UE is better. , saving routing resources.
下面采用几个具体的实施例, 对图 3所示方法实施例的技术方案进行 详细说明。  The technical solutions of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 are described in detail below by using several specific embodiments.
图 4为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例三的信令流程图,本实施例 中, 由 PCRF确定 PDN连接的业务连续性, 并将 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息发送给 MME, 本实施例针对的场景是 PGW与 SGW之间的 S5/S8接 口采用 GTP协议的场景, 即在该场景下 PCRF可以将 PDN连接的业务连 续性特性信息直接传给 PGW。 如图 4所示, 本实施例提供的方法包括以 下歩骤: 4 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention. In this embodiment, a service continuity of a PDN connection is determined by a PCRF, and service continuity information of a PDN connection is sent to an MME. The scenario for the example is that the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW adopts the GTP protocol. In this scenario, the PCRF can connect the PDN-connected service. The continuity feature information is passed directly to the PGW. As shown in FIG. 4, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
歩骤 301、 TDF检测获取 PDN连接上业务的业务流特征信息。  Step 301: The TDF detects the service flow characteristic information of the service on the PDN connection.
TDF对 PDN连接上承载的业务的开始和结束进行检测, 当 TDF检测到 PDN连接上有业务发起或结束时, TDF对该业务流进行检测, TDF可以采用 DPI 技术进行检测, 当然, 也可以采用其他方法进行检测。 业务的业务流特 征信息可能是任何的与业务流相关的信息, 例如业务的五元组信息, 业务流 中所携带的应用层信息。  The TDF detects the start and end of the service carried on the PDN connection. When the TDF detects that a service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the TDF detects the service flow, and the TDF can detect by using the DPI technology. Other methods are tested. The service flow feature information of the service may be any information related to the service flow, such as the quintuple information of the service, and the application layer information carried in the service flow.
歩骤 302、 TDF将该业务的业务流特征信息发送给 PCRF。  Step 302: The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
歩骤 303、 根据该业务的业务流特征信息确定该业务的业务连续性, 并根据该业务的业务流特征信息和该 PDN连接上其他业务的业务连续性 信息确定该 PDN的业务连续性。  Step 303: Determine service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service, and determine service continuity of the PDN according to service flow characteristic information of the service and service continuity information of other services connected to the PDN.
PDN连接的业务连续性信息或 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性 信息包括: (a) 需要保持业务连续性 (b) 不需要保持业务连续性(c) 只在 ECM-CONNECTED态需要保持业务连续性。  The business continuity information of the PDN connection or the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection includes: (a) need to maintain business continuity (b) need not maintain business continuity (c) only need to maintain in the ECM-CONNECTED state Business continuity.
这里, PCRF通过每个业务的业务连续性信息来判断整个 PDN连接的业 务连续性的原则为:只有当该 PDN连接上承载所有的业务都不需要保持业务 连续性时, 该 PDN连接才不需要保持业务连续性; 如果该 PDN连接上有一 个业务需要保持业务连续性, 则该 PDN连接就需要保持业务连续性。 或者, PCRF 在确定出 PDN 连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连 续, 进一歩地, PCRF确定 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略, 如果 PDN连接满足第一运营商选择策略, 则 PCRF确定 PDN连接的业务连续 性为需要保持连续, 如果 PDN连接不满足第一运营商选择策略, 则 PCRF 确定 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  Here, the principle that the PCRF judges the service continuity of the entire PDN connection by using the service continuity information of each service is: the PDN connection is not required only when the PDN connection carries all the services and does not need to maintain service continuity. Maintain business continuity; if there is a service on the PDN connection that needs to maintain business continuity, the PDN connection needs to maintain business continuity. Alternatively, the PCRF determines that any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, and further, the PCRF determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, and if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, Then, the PCRF determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous. If the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the PCRF determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
具体方法可以参照实施例二歩骤 202中的描述, 这里不再赘述。  For a specific method, reference may be made to the description in the second step 202 of the embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
歩骤 304、 PCRF向 PGW发送决策与计费规则消息, 该决策与计费规 则消息中包含 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 304: The PCRF sends a decision and charging rule message to the PGW, where the decision and charging rule message includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
本实施例中, PCRF将 PDN连接的业务连续性信息携带在决策与计费 规则消息 (Policy and Charging Rules Provision) 中发送给 PGW, 该 PGW 上集成有策略与计费执行功能(Policy and Charging Enforcement Function, 简称 PCEF) 实体, 因此, 也可以认为 PCRF将决策与计费规则消息发送 给了 PCEF。 In this embodiment, the PCRF carries the service continuity information of the PDN connection in the Policy and Charging Rules Provision (Policy and Charging Rules Provision), and the PGW integrates the policy and charging enforcement function (Policy and Charging Enforcement). Function, Referred to as PCEF) entity, therefore, the PCRF can also be considered to send a decision and charging rule message to the PCEF.
歩骤 305、 PGW向 SGW发送承载更新请求, 该承载更新请求中包含 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 305: The PGW sends a bearer update request to the SGW, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
PGW 将 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息携带在承载更新请求 (Update The PGW carries the service continuity information of the PDN connection on the bearer update request (Update
Bearer Request) 中发送给 SGW。 Sended to the SGW in Bearer Request).
歩骤 306、 SGW向 MME发送承载更新请求, 该承载更新请求中包含 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 306: The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
SGW 将 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息携带在承载更新请求 (Update Bearer Request) 中发送给 MME。  The SGW carries the service continuity information of the PDN connection in the Update Bearer Request to the MME.
歩骤 307、 MME对接收到的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行存储。 Step 307: The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection.
MME接收到 PDN连接的业务连续性信息之后对该信息进行保存维护, 以便在触发条件发生时, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接是 否需要保持连续。 After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
MME接收到 PDN连接的业务连续性信息之后对该信息进行保存维护, 以便在决定是否可以进行 PGW的重选时作为判决条件。  After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so as to determine whether the PGW can be reselected as a decision condition.
在歩骤 307之后, MME与 UE之间进行正常的承载更新流程, 承载更新 流程与现有技术相同, 这里不再赘述。 并在承载更新结束后, MME向 SGW 返回承载更新响应, SGW向 PGW返回承载更新响应, PGW向 PCRF返回决 策与计费策略响应。  After the step 307, the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as the prior art, and details are not described herein again. After the bearer update ends, the MME returns a bearer update response to the SGW, and the SGW returns a bearer update response to the PGW, and the PGW returns a decision and charging policy response to the PCRF.
需要说明的是,在本发明的其他实施例中,当 PGW与 SGW之间的 S5/S8 接口采用的是 PMIPv6协议, 此时 PCRF需要将 PDN连接的业务连续性信息 发送给 SGW而非 PGW, 其他歩骤与实施例三相同。  It should be noted that, in other embodiments of the present invention, when the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW adopts the PMIPv6 protocol, the PCRF needs to send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW instead of the PGW. Other steps are the same as in the third embodiment.
图 5为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例四的信令流程图,本实施例 与实施三的不同在于, 本实施例中, PCRF只对 PDN连接上的单个业务的 业务连续性进行判断, 对整个 PDN连接的业务连续性由 PGW来完成, 且 本实施例针对的场景是 PGW与 SGW之间的 S5/S8接口采用 GTP协议的 场景。 如图 5所示, 本实施例提供的方法包括以下歩骤:  FIG. 5 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 4 of the method for processing service continuity according to the present invention. The difference between this embodiment and Embodiment 3 is that, in this embodiment, the PCRF only judges the service continuity of a single service on the PDN connection. The service continuity of the entire PDN connection is implemented by the PGW, and the scenario that is used in this embodiment is a scenario in which the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW adopts the GTP protocol. As shown in FIG. 5, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
歩骤 401、 TDF检测获取 PDN连接上的业务的业务流特征信息。  Step 401: The TDF detects the service flow characteristic information of the service on the PDN connection.
具体实现方式可参照实施例三歩骤 301的描述, 这里不再赘述。 歩骤 402、 TDF将该业务的业务流特征信息发送给 PCRF。 歩骤 403、 PCRF根据该业务的业务流特征信息确定该业务的业务连续 性。 For a specific implementation, reference may be made to the description of the third embodiment 301, and details are not described herein again. Step 402: The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF. Step 403: The PCRF determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
歩骤 404、 PCRF向 PGW发送决策与计费规则消息, 该决策与计费规 则消息中包含该业务的业务连续性信息。  Step 404: The PCRF sends a decision and charging rule message to the PGW, where the decision and charging rule message includes service continuity information of the service.
本实施例中, PCRF只对 PDN连接上的单个业务的业务连续性进行判 断, 然后, 将单个业务的业务连续性信息发送给 PGW, PCRF可将该业务 的业务连续性信息携带在决策与计费规则消息 (Policy and Charging Rules Provision) 中发送给 PGW。  In this embodiment, the PCRF only judges the service continuity of a single service on the PDN connection, and then sends the service continuity information of the single service to the PGW, and the PCRF can carry the service continuity information of the service in the decision and calculation. Sent to the PGW in the Policy and Charging Rules Provision.
歩骤 405、PGW根据该 PDN连接上所有业务的业务连续性信息确定该 Step 405: The PGW determines the service continuity information according to all services on the PDN connection.
PDN的业务连续性。 Business continuity of PDN.
PGW根据该业务的业务连续性信息和该 PDN连接上其他业务的业务 连续性信息确定该 PDN的业务连续性, 具体实现方式可参照实施例三歩骤 304的描述, 这里不再赘述, 本实施例中只是执行主体不同而已。  The PGW determines the service continuity of the PDN according to the service continuity information of the service and the service continuity information of the other services on the PDN connection. For the specific implementation, refer to the description in the third step 304, which is not described here. Only the executive body is different.
本实施中, 该 PGW上集成有 PCEF, 因此, 这里也可以理解为 PCRF 将决策与计费规则消息发送给 PCEF, 由 PCEF根据该业务的业务流特征 信息和该 PDN连接上其他业务的业务连续性信息确定该 PDN的业务连续 性。  In this implementation, the PCEF is integrated on the PGW. Therefore, the PCRF can also be used to send the decision and charging rule message to the PCEF. The PCEF continuously searches for the service flow characteristic information of the service and other services of the PDN. The sexual information determines the business continuity of the PDN.
歩骤 406、 PGW向 SGW发送承载更新请求, 该承载更新请求中包含 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 406: The PGW sends a bearer update request to the SGW, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
歩骤 407、 SGW向 MME发送承载更新请求, 该承载更新请求中包含 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 407: The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
歩骤 408、 MME对接收到的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行存储。 MME接收到 PDN连接的业务连续性信息之后对该信息进行保存维护, 以便在触发条件发生时, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接是 否需要保持连续。  Step 408: The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection. After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
MME接收到 PDN连接的业务连续性信息之后对该信息进行保存维护, 以便在决定是否可以进行 PGW的重选时作为判决条件。  After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so as to determine whether the PGW can be reselected as a decision condition.
在歩骤 408之后, MME与 UE之间进行正常的承载更新流程, 承载更 新流程与现有技术相同,这里不再赘述。并在承载更新结束后, MME向 SGW 返回承载更新响应, SGW向 PGW返回承载更新响应, PGW向 PCRF返回决 策与计费策略响应。 After the step 408, the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as the prior art, and details are not described herein again. And after the bearer update ends, the MME sends the SGW to the SGW. Returning the bearer update response, the SGW returns a bearer update response to the PGW, and the PGW returns a decision and charging policy response to the PCRF.
图 6为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例五的信令流程图,本实施例 与实施四的不同在于, 本实施例中, PCRF对 PDN连接上的单个业务的业务 连续性进行判断之后, 将单个业务的业务连续性信息发送给 SGW, 由 SGW 对整个 PDN连接的业务连续性判断, 本实施例针对的场景是 PGW与 SGW 之间的 S5/S8接口采用 PMIPv6协议的场景。 如图 6所示, 本实施例提供的 方法包括以下歩骤:  FIG. 6 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 5 of the method for processing service continuity according to the present invention. The difference between this embodiment and Embodiment 4 is that, in this embodiment, after the PCRF determines the service continuity of a single service on the PDN connection, The service continuity information of the single service is sent to the SGW, and the SGW determines the service continuity of the entire PDN connection. The scenario in this embodiment is a scenario in which the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW adopts the PMIPv6 protocol. As shown in FIG. 6, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
歩骤 501、 TDF检测获取 PDN连接上的业务的业务流特征信息。  Step 501: The TDF detects the service flow characteristic information of the service on the PDN connection.
具体实现方式可参照实施例三歩骤 301的描述, 这里不再赘述。  For a specific implementation, refer to the description of the third step 301 of the embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
歩骤 502、 TDF将该业务的业务流特征信息发送给 PCRF。  Step 502: The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
歩骤 503、 PCRF 根据该业务的业务流特征信息确定该业务的业务连 续性。  Step 503: The PCRF determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
歩骤 504、 PCRF将该业务的业务连续性信息发送给 SGW。  Step 504: The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the service to the SGW.
本实施例中, PCRF只对 PDN连接上的单个业务的业务连续性进行判 断, 然后, 将单个业务的业务连续性信息发送给 SGW, PCRF可将该业务 的业务连续性信息携带在网关控制和 QoS策略 (Gateway control and QoS Rules Provision) 消息中发送给 SGW。  In this embodiment, the PCRF only judges the service continuity of the single service on the PDN connection, and then sends the service continuity information of the single service to the SGW, and the PCRF can carry the service continuity information of the service in the gateway control and The QoS policy (Gateway control and QoS Rules Provision) message is sent to the SGW.
歩骤 505、 SGW根据 PDN连接上所有业务的业务连续性信息确定该 PDN的业务连续性。  Step 505: The SGW determines service continuity of the PDN according to service continuity information of all services on the PDN connection.
具体实现方式可参照实施例三歩骤 304的描述, 这里不再赘述, 本实施 例中只是执行主体不同而已。  For a specific implementation, reference may be made to the description of the third step 304 of the embodiment, and details are not described herein again. In this embodiment, only the execution subject is different.
本实施中,可由 SGW上的承载绑定及事件报告功能(Bearing Binding and Event Report Function, 简称 BBERF) PDN连接上的所有业务的业务连续性 信息确定该 PDN的业务连续性。  In this implementation, the service continuity of the PDN may be determined by the service continuity information of all services on the PDN connection of the Bearing Binding and Event Report Function (BBERF) on the SGW.
歩骤 506、 SGW向 MME发送承载更新请求, 该承载更新请求中包含 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 506: The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the PDN connection.
歩骤 507、 MME对接收到的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行存储。 MME接收到 PDN连接的业务连续性信息之后对该信息进行保存维护, 以便在触发条件发生时, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接是 否需要保持连续。 Step 507: The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection. After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, the PDN connection is determined according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection. No need to keep continuous.
在歩骤 507之后, MME与 UE之间进行正常的承载更新流程, 承载更新 流程与现有技术相同, 这里不再赘述。 并在承载更新结束后, MME向 SGW 返回承载更新响应, SGW向 PCRF返回网关控制和 QoS策略响应。  After the step 507, the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as the prior art, and details are not described herein again. After the bearer update ends, the MME returns a bearer update response to the SGW, and the SGW returns a gateway control and a QoS policy response to the PCRF.
图 7为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例六的信令流程图, 本实施例 与实施四的不同在于,在本实施例中, PCRF将单个业务的业务连续性信息发 送给 PGW, PGW根据单个业务的业务连续性信息判断出承载该业务的承载 (bearer) 的业务连续性特性, 然后通过 SGW将承载的业务连续性特性发送 给 MME, 最后, 由 MME来根据 PDN连接中各个承载的业务连续性特性确 定 PDN 连接的业务连续性, 实施例针对的是 PGW与 SGW之间的 S5/S8接 口为 GTP协议的场景。 如图 7所示, 本实施例提供的方法包括以下歩骤: 歩骤 601、 TDF检测获取 PDN连接上的业务的业务流特征信息。  FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 6 of the method for processing service continuity according to the present invention. The difference between this embodiment and Embodiment 4 is that, in this embodiment, the PCRF sends service continuity information of a single service to the PGW, and the PGW. Determining the service continuity characteristic of the bearer carrying the service according to the service continuity information of the single service, and then transmitting the service continuity characteristic of the bearer to the MME through the SGW, and finally, the MME is configured according to each bearer in the PDN connection. The service continuity feature determines the service continuity of the PDN connection. The embodiment is directed to the scenario where the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW is the GTP protocol. As shown in FIG. 7, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps: Step 601: The TDF detects information about service flow characteristics of a service on a PDN connection.
具体实现方式可参照实施例三歩骤 301的描述, 这里不再赘述。  For a specific implementation, refer to the description of the third step 301 of the embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
歩骤 602、 TDF将该业务的业务流特征信息发送给 PCRF。  Step 602: The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
歩骤 603、 PCRF 根据该业务的业务流特征信息确定该业务的业务连 续性。  Step 603: The PCRF determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
歩骤 604、 PCRF向 PGW发送决策与计费规则消息, 该决策与计费规 则消息中包含该业务的业务连续性信息。  Step 604: The PCRF sends a decision and charging rule message to the PGW, where the decision and charging rule message includes service continuity information of the service.
本实施例中, PCRF只对 PDN连接上的单个业务的业务连续性进行判 断, 然后, 将单个业务的业务连续性信息发送给 PGW, PCRF可将该业务 的业务连续性信息携带在决策与计费规则消息 (Policy and Charging Rules Provision) 中发送给 PGW。  In this embodiment, the PCRF only judges the service continuity of a single service on the PDN connection, and then sends the service continuity information of the single service to the PGW, and the PCRF can carry the service continuity information of the service in the decision and calculation. Sent to the PGW in the Policy and Charging Rules Provision.
歩骤 605、 PGW根据该业务对应的承载上的每个业务的业务连续性信 息确定该业务对应的承载的业务连续性。  Step 605: The PGW determines, according to the service continuity information of each service on the bearer corresponding to the service, the service continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service.
—个 PDN连接上有多个承载, 每个承载上可以承载多个业务, 这里, There are multiple bearers on a PDN connection, and each bearer can carry multiple services. Here,
SGW 根据该业务对应的承载上的每个业务的业务连续性信息确定该业务 对应的承载的业务连续性, SGW 根据每个业务的业务连续性信息判断整 个承载的业务连续性的原则为: 只有当该承载中所有的业务都不需要保持 业务连续性, 该承载才不需要保持业务连续性, 如果该承载中有一个业务 需要保持业务连续性, 该承载就需要保持业务连续性。 本实施例中, PDN连接的业务连续性信息或 PDN连接上承载的各业务 的业务连续性信息或承载的业务连续性信息可以包括 (a)需要保持业务连续 性; (b)只在 ECM-CONNECTED态需要保持业务连续性; (c)不需要保持业务连 续性, 此处只是列出了 3种业务连续性信息, 但本发明并不以此为限制, 业 务的连续性信息还可以包括其他信息。 The SGW determines the service continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service according to the service continuity information of each service on the bearer corresponding to the service. The principle that the SGW determines the service continuity of the entire bearer according to the service continuity information of each service is: If all the services in the bearer do not need to maintain service continuity, the bearer does not need to maintain service continuity. If one of the bearers needs to maintain service continuity, the bearer needs to maintain service continuity. In this embodiment, the service continuity information of the PDN connection or the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection or the service continuity information of the bearer may include (a) need to maintain service continuity; (b) only in the ECM- The CONNECTED state needs to maintain business continuity; (c) There is no need to maintain business continuity. Here, only three types of business continuity information are listed, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and the continuity information of the service may include other information.
本实施例中, 可以认为 3中业务连续性具有优先级, 业务连续性的优先 级从高到底依次为 (a:)、 (b), (c), 该 PDN连接的业务连续性总是与该 PDN连 接中优先级最高的承载的业务连续性保持一致。在具体实现时, MME可以在 每个承载的上下文中携带该承载的业务连续性信息, 以便当有业务流开始或 者结束时用来判断 PDN连接的业务连续性特性。  In this embodiment, it can be considered that the service continuity in the 3 has priority, and the priority of the service continuity is (a:), (b), (c), and the service continuity of the PDN connection is always The service continuity of the highest priority bearer in the PDN connection is consistent. In a specific implementation, the MME may carry the service continuity information of the bearer in the context of each bearer, so as to determine the service continuity characteristic of the PDN connection when the traffic flow starts or ends.
歩骤 606、 PGW向 SGW发送承载更新请求, 该承载更新请求中包含该 业务对应的承载的业务连续性信息。  Step 606: The PGW sends a bearer update request to the SGW, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the bearer corresponding to the service.
歩骤 607、 SGW向 MME发送承载更新请求, 该承载更新请求中包含该 业务对应的承载的业务连续性信息。  Step 607: The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes service continuity information of the bearer corresponding to the service.
歩骤 608、 MME根据 PDN连接上各承载的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连 接的业务连续性。  Step 608: The MME determines, according to the service continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, the service continuity of the PDN connection.
MME接收到该业务对应的承载的业务连续性信息后, 根据 PDN连接 上各承载的连续性信息获取 PDN连接的业务连续性, 具体为: MME根据 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判断 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保 持连续; 如果 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 则 MME确定 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要 保持连续, 则 MME确定 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。在另外的 实现方式中, MME在确定 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续后, 进一歩的确定该 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略, 如果 PDN连接 满足第一运营商选择策略,则 MME确定该 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持 连续; 如果 PDN连接不满足第一运营商选择策略, 则 MME确定该 PDN 的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  After receiving the service continuity information of the bearer corresponding to the service, the MME obtains the service continuity of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection, and specifically: the MME determines the PDN according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. Whether the bearers on the connection need to be kept continuous; if any one of the bearers on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, the MME determines The business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous. In another implementation manner, after determining that any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, and if the PDN connection meets the first carrier selection policy, The MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
歩骤 609、 MME对 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行存储。  Step 609: The MME stores the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
MME对 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行保存维护, 以便在触发条件发 生时, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接是否需要保持连续。 在歩骤 609之后, MME与 UE之间进行正常的承载更新流程, 承载更新 流程与现有技术相同, 这里不再赘述。 并在承载更新结束后, MME向 SGW 返回承载更新响应, SGW向 PGW返回承载更新响应, PGW向 PCRF返回决 策与计费规则响应。 The MME saves and maintains the service continuity information of the PDN connection, so as to determine whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection when the trigger condition occurs. After the step 609, the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as the prior art, and details are not described herein again. After the bearer update ends, the MME returns a bearer update response to the SGW, and the SGW returns a bearer update response to the PGW, and the PGW returns a decision and charging rule response to the PCRF.
图 8为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例七的信令流程图, 本实施例 与实施六的不同在于,在本实施例中, PCRF将单个业务的业务连续性信息发 送给 SGW, 而不是 PGW, SGW根据单个业务的业务连续性信息判断出承载 该业务的承载(bearer) 的业务连续性特性, 然后将承载的业务连续性特性发 送给 MME, 最后, 由 MME来根据 PDN连接中各个承载的业务连续性特性 确定 PDN连接的业务连续性, 实施例针对的是 PGW与 SGW之间的 S5/S8 接口为 PMIPv6协议的场景。 如图 8所示, 本实施例提供的方法包括以下歩 骤:  FIG. 8 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 7 of the method for processing service continuity according to the present invention. The difference between this embodiment and the implementation sixth is that, in this embodiment, the PCRF sends the service continuity information of a single service to the SGW. The PGW is not the PGW. The SGW determines the service continuity characteristics of the bearer carrying the service according to the service continuity information of the single service, and then sends the bearer service continuity characteristic to the MME. Finally, the MME uses each of the PDN connections. The service continuity characteristic of the bearer determines the service continuity of the PDN connection. The embodiment is directed to the scenario where the S5/S8 interface between the PGW and the SGW is the PMIPv6 protocol. As shown in FIG. 8, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
歩骤 701、 TDF检测获取 PDN连接上业务的业务流特征信息。  Step 701: The TDF detects the service flow characteristic information of the service on the PDN connection.
具体实现方式可参照实施例三歩骤 301的描述, 这里不再赘述。  For a specific implementation, refer to the description of the third step 301 of the embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
歩骤 702、 TDF将该业务的业务流特征信息发送给 PCRF。  Step 702: The TDF sends the service flow characteristic information of the service to the PCRF.
歩骤 703、 PCRF 根据该业务的业务流特征信息确定该业务的业务连 续性。  Step 703: The PCRF determines the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
歩骤 704、 PCRF向 SGW发送网关控制和 QoS策略消息, 该网关控 制和 QoS策略消息中包含该业务的业务连续性信息。  Step 704: The PCRF sends a gateway control and a QoS policy message to the SGW, where the gateway control and the QoS policy message include service continuity information of the service.
本实施例中, PCRF只对 PDN连接上的单个业务的业务连续性进行判 断, 然后, 将单个业务的业务连续性信息发送给 SGW, PCRF可将该业务 的业务连续性信息携带在网关控制和 QoS策略 (Gateway control and QoS Rules Provision) 消息发送给 SGW。  In this embodiment, the PCRF only judges the service continuity of the single service on the PDN connection, and then sends the service continuity information of the single service to the SGW, and the PCRF can carry the service continuity information of the service in the gateway control and A QoS Policy (Gateway Control and QoS Rules Provision) message is sent to the SGW.
歩骤 705、 SGW根据该业务对应的承载上的每个业务的业务连续性信 息确定该业务对应的承载的业务连续性。  Step 705: The SGW determines, according to the service continuity information of each service on the bearer corresponding to the service, the service continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service.
具体可参照实施例六种 PGW根据该业务对应的承载上的每个业务的 业务连续性信息确定该业务对应的承载的业务连续性, 这里不再赘述。  For details, refer to the six types of PGWs to determine the service continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service according to the service continuity information of each service on the bearer corresponding to the service, and details are not described herein again.
本实施中, SGW上集成有 BBERF, 可由 SGW上的 BBERF根据 PDN 连接上的所有业务的业务连续性信息确定该 PDN的业务连续性。  In this implementation, the BBERF is integrated on the SGW, and the BBRF on the SGW determines the service continuity of the PDN according to the service continuity information of all services on the PDN connection.
歩骤 706、 SGW向 MME发送承载更新请求, 该承载更新请求中包含该 业务对应的承载的业务连续性。 Step 706: The SGW sends a bearer update request to the MME, where the bearer update request includes the Business continuity of the bearer corresponding to the service.
歩骤 707、 MME根据 PDN连接上各承载的业务连续性信息确定 PDN 连接的业务连续性。  Step 707: The MME determines service continuity of the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
歩骤 708、 MME对 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行存储。  Step 708: The MME stores the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
MME对 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行保存维护, 以便在触发条件 发生时, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN连接是否需要保持连 续。  The MME saves and maintains the service continuity information of the PDN connection, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
在歩骤 708之后, MME与 UE之间进行正常的承载更新流程, 承载 更新流程与现有技术相同, 这里不再赘述。 并在承载更新结束后, MME 向 SGW返回承载更新响应, SGW向 PCRF返回网关控制和 QoS策略响应。  After the step 708, the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as that in the prior art, and details are not described herein again. After the bearer update ends, the MME returns a bearer update response to the SGW, and the SGW returns a gateway control and a QoS policy response to the PCRF.
上述实施例三至实施例七中都有由 PCRF来对业务连续性特性进行判 断的, 但在有些情况下, 当 TDF功能实体被部署时, 也可以由 TDF来对 业务的连续性进行直接判断。 如图 9所示, 图 9为本发明业务连续性的处 理方法实施例八的信令流程图, 本实施例中由 TDF 来对业务的连续性进 行直接判断, 本实施例提供的方法, 包括以下歩骤:  In the above-mentioned Embodiment 3 to Embodiment 7, the PCRF is used to judge the service continuity characteristics. However, in some cases, when the TDF functional entity is deployed, the TDF can also directly judge the continuity of the service. . As shown in FIG. 9, FIG. 9 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 8 of a method for processing service continuity according to the present invention. In this embodiment, the TDF is used to directly determine the continuity of the service, and the method provided in this embodiment includes The following steps:
歩骤 801、 TDF检测获取 PDN连接上的业务的业务流特征信息。  Step 801: The TDF detects information about the service flow of the service on the PDN connection.
歩骤 802、 TDF根据该业务的业务流特征信息确定该业务的业务连续 性。  Step 802: The TDF determines service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service.
具体地, 可参照实施例三中 PCRF根据该业务的业务流特征信息确定 该业务的业务连续性的方法, 这里不再赘述。  For details, refer to the method for determining the service continuity of the service according to the service flow characteristic information of the service in the third embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
歩骤 803、 TDF向 PCRF发送该业务的业务连续性信息。  Step 803: The TDF sends the service continuity information of the service to the PCRF.
歩骤 804、 PCRF根据 PDN连接上所有业务的业务连续性信息确定该 PDN连接的业务连续性。  Step 804: The PCRF determines service continuity of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of all services on the PDN connection.
歩骤 805、 PCRF向 MME发送该 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 805: The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
歩骤 806、 MME对接收到的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行存储。 Step 806: The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection.
MME 接收到 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息之后对该信息进行保存维 护, 以便在触发条件发生时, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN 连接是否需要保持连续。 After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
在歩骤 806之后, MME与 UE之间进行正常的承载更新流程, 承载 更新流程与现有技术相同, 这里不再赘述。 并在承载更新结束后, MME 向 PCRF返回响应。 After the step 806, the normal bearer update process is performed between the MME and the UE, and the bearer update process is the same as that in the prior art, and details are not described herein again. And after the bearer update is over, MME A response is returned to the PCRF.
图 10为本发明业务连续性的处理方法实施例九的信令流程图, 本实 施例针对的是 PGW本身集成了 PCEF, 且 PCEF又集成了应用检测控制 (Application Detection Control, 简称 ADC) 实体, ADC实体可以完成实 施例八中 TDF实体所完成的功能,可以完成对业务流特性的检测。如图 10 所示, 本实施例提供的方法包括以下歩骤:  10 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 9 of a method for processing a service continuity according to the present invention. The embodiment is directed to a PCEF integrated with a PGW, and the PCEF is integrated with an Application Detection Control (ADC) entity. The ADC entity can perform the functions performed by the TDF entity in the eighth embodiment, and can complete the detection of the service flow characteristics. As shown in FIG. 10, the method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
歩骤 901、 PGW获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续信息。 当 PDN连接上有新的业务流发起或者结束时, PCEF的 ADC实体检 测业务的业务连续, 本实施中, 对于各业务的业务连续性信息的获得, 可 以通过 ADC对数据包中的信息进行直接提取来获得,也可以是 ADC通过 对一段时间内经过的业务流行为进行分析来得到, 例如当 ADC不能够从 业务流的单个数据包中提取出有效的业务流特征信息, 来判断业务流的业 务连续性特性时, 那么 ADC可以在一段时间内对该业务流进行检测, 通 过对业务流数据包行为的分析来推断出业务流的业务连续性特性。  Step 901: The PGW obtains service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection. When a new service flow is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the ADC entity of the PCEF detects the service continuity of the service. In this implementation, for the service continuity information of each service, the information in the data packet can be directly used by the ADC. Extracting to obtain, or the ADC can be obtained by analyzing the traffic behavior passing through a period of time, for example, when the ADC cannot extract valid traffic flow characteristic information from a single data packet of the service flow, to judge the service flow. In the case of the business continuity feature, the ADC can detect the service flow for a period of time, and infer the business continuity characteristics of the service flow by analyzing the behavior of the service flow packet.
歩骤 902、 PGW根据 PDN连接上各业务的业务连续信息确定该 PDN 连接的业务连续性。  Step 902: The PGW determines service continuity of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service on the PDN connection.
具体实现方式, 可参照实施例三中歩骤 303的描述, 只是执行主体与 实施三的不同而已, 故这里不再赘述。  For a specific implementation, refer to the description of step 303 in the third embodiment, but only the execution subject is different from the third embodiment, and therefore no further details are provided herein.
歩骤 903、 PGW向 MME发送该 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  Step 903: The PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
歩骤 904、 MME对接收到的 PDN连接的业务连续性信息进行存储。 Step 904: The MME stores the service continuity information of the received PDN connection.
MME 接收到 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息之后对该信息进行保存维 护, 以便在触发条件发生时, 根据 PDN连接的业务连续性信息确定 PDN 连接是否需要保持连续。 After receiving the service continuity information of the PDN connection, the MME saves and maintains the information, so that when the trigger condition occurs, it is determined whether the PDN connection needs to be continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection.
在歩骤 904之后, MME与 UE之间进行正常的承载更新流程。 承载 更新流程与现有技术相同, 这里不再赘述。  After step 904, a normal bearer update procedure is performed between the MME and the UE. The bearer update process is the same as the prior art and will not be described here.
歩骤 906、 MME向 PGW返回响应消息。  Step 906: The MME returns a response message to the PGW.
MME向 PGW返回响应消息, 该响应消息为对歩骤 903的响应。 图 11为本发明移动管理实体实施例一的结构示意图, 如图 11所示, 本实施例提供的 MME包括: 获取模块 11、 确定模块 12、 网关选择模块 13以及连接保持模块 14。 其中, 获取模块 11, 用于获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连 接的业务连续性信息; The MME returns a response message to the PGW, which is a response to step 903. FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the MME provided in this embodiment includes: an obtaining module 11, a determining module 12, a gateway selecting module 13, and a connection holding module 14. The obtaining module 11 is configured to acquire service continuity information of a PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE.
确定模块 12, 用于当触发条件满足时, 根据所述 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续; 所述触发条件为以 下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、新的业务发起、原有业务结束、 演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS承载的删除。  The determining module 12 is configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection; the trigger condition is any one of the following conditions: a mobility management event occurs, The new service is initiated, the original service is terminated, the evolved packet system EPS bearer is created, the EPS bearer is modified, and the EPS bearer is deleted.
网关选择模块 13, 用于在所述确定模块 12的判断结果为是时, 为所 述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指示所述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务 的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与所述新 PGW建立新 PDN连接; 连接保持模块 14, 用于在所述确定模块 12的判断结果为否时, 保持 所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。  The gateway selection module 13 is configured to: when the determination result of the determining module 12 is yes, select a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instruct the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, And indicating that the UE establishes a new PDN connection with the new PGW; and the connection maintaining module 14 is configured to maintain the connection between the UE and the original PGW when the determining result of the determining module 12 is NO.
所述获取模块 11具体用于: 接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由所述网络设备 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的连续性信息确定。 本实施例中, 网 络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF、 所述原 PGW、 为所述 UE服务的 服务网关 S-GW中的任意一个。  The obtaining module 11 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is used by the network device according to each service carried on the PDN connection The continuity information is determined. In this embodiment, the network device is any one of a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
当所述网络设备为所述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间 的协议为通用无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议时, 所述获取模块 11 具体用于:接收所述 PCRF通过所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 也就是说, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由 PCRF确定, PCRF将所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发送给 PGW, 然后 PGW将所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息转发给 SGW, 在由 SGW发送给 所述 MME。  When the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a general wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol, the acquiring module 11 is specifically configured to: receive the The business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW. That is, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF, and the PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the PGW, and then the PGW forwards the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW. The SGW sends to the MME.
当所述网络设备为所述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间 的协议为代理移动互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议时, 所述获取模块 11 具体用于: 接收所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务 连续性信息。 也就是说, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由 PCRF确定, PCRF将所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发送给 SGW,在由 SGW发送给 所述 MME。  When the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol, the obtaining module 11 is specifically configured to: receive the The business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW. That is, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF, and the PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW, and is sent by the SGW to the MME.
当所述网络设备为所述原 PGW时, 所述获取模块 11具体用于: 接收 所述原 PGW通过所述 SGW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 也 就是说, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由 PGW确定, 然后, PGW将 所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息发送给 SGW, 在由 SGW 发送给所述 MME。 When the network device is the original PGW, the acquiring module 11 is specifically configured to: receive The service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW. That is, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the PGW, and then the PGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the SGW, and is sent by the SGW to the MME.
当所述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 S-GW时, 所述获取模块 11具 体用于: 接收所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 也就 是说, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由 SGW确定, 然后, SGW将所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息发送给所述 MME。  When the network device is an S-GW that serves the UE, the acquiring module 11 is configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW. That is to say, the service continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the SGW, and then the SGW sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
本实施例中, 所述网关选择模块 13 包括: 获取单元和确定单元。 获 取单元, 用于获取所述原 PDN 连接的所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息, 其中, 所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息包括: 所 述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离信息、 所述各 PGW与所述 UE的时延信息、 所述各 PGW的负载信息; 确定单元, 用于根据所述 APN对应的各 PGW 的相关信息和所述 UE 的实际需求从所述各 PGW 中为所述 UE 选择新 PGW。  In this embodiment, the gateway selection module 13 includes: an obtaining unit and a determining unit. An acquiring unit, configured to acquire information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, where the related information of each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: the PGW and the UE a distance information, a delay information of each of the PGWs and the UE, and load information of each of the PGWs; a determining unit, configured to use, according to information about each PGW corresponding to the APN, and actual requirements of the UE from the A new PGW is selected for the UE in each PGW.
所述获取单元具体用于通过以下方式获取所述原 PDN连接的所属的 访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的信息:所述获取单元从预先配置好的数 据库中查询所述原 PDN连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相 关信息。 当 PGW的信息为 PGW与所述 UE的距离信息时, 获取单元具体 用于: 首先, 向域名***服务器 DNS发送 DNS查询请求, 用于查询所述 APN对应的各 PGW信息; 然后, 获取单元接收所述 DNS发送的所述各 PGW的互联网协议 IP地址,根据所述各 PGW的 IP地址确定所述各 PGW 与所述 UE的距离。  The acquiring unit is configured to: obtain information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs: the obtaining unit queries the pre-configured database to belong to the original PDN connection. Access information related to each PGW corresponding to the access point APN. When the information of the PGW is the distance information between the PGW and the UE, the acquiring unit is specifically configured to: first, send a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS, for querying each PGW information corresponding to the APN; The Internet Protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS determines the distance between each PGW and the UE according to the IP address of each PGW.
在本实施的一种实现方式中, 所述网关选择模块 13 具体用于: 根据 第二运营商选择策略确定是否需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW。所述第二运营 商选择策略为: 当所述 UE 的 PDN 连接处于 EPS 连接管理空闲态 ECM-IDLE状态时, 为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN 连接处于任何状态下都不需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE 的 PDN连接不需要保持业务连续性时为所述 UE选择新 PGW。  In an implementation manner of the implementation, the gateway selection module 13 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the second operator selection policy, whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE. The second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in an EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE state, selecting a new PGW for the UE, or when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state Neither need to select a new PGW for the UE, or select a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity.
本实施例提供的 MME, 可用于执行方法实施例一提供的技术方案, 具体实现方式和技术效果类似, 这里不再赘述。 The MME provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution provided in Embodiment 1 of the method. The specific implementation and technical effects are similar, and are not described here.
图 12为本发明移动管理实体实施例二的结构示意图, 和图 11所示的 MME相比, 本实施例中, 由 MME自己确定所述所述 PDN连接是否需要 保持业务连续, 其他实现方式和图 11 所示的装置类似, 故不再赘述。 如 图 12所示, 本实施例提供的 MME包括: 获取模块 21、 确定模块 22、 网 关选择模块 23以及连接保持模块 24。  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention. Compared with the MME shown in FIG. 11, in this embodiment, the MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity, and other implementation manners. The device shown in Figure 11 is similar and will not be described again. As shown in FIG. 12, the MME provided in this embodiment includes: an obtaining module 21, a determining module 22, a gateway selecting module 23, and a connection holding module 24.
其中, 获取模块 21, 用于获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连 接的业务连续性信息;  The obtaining module 21 is configured to acquire service continuity information of the packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE.
确定模块 22, 用于当触发条件满足时, 根据所述 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续; 所述触发条件为以 下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、新的业务发起、原有业务结束、 演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS承载的删除。  The determining module 22 is configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to maintain the service continuity according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection; the trigger condition is any one of the following conditions: a mobility management event occurs, The new service is initiated, the original service is terminated, the evolved packet system EPS bearer is created, the EPS bearer is modified, and the EPS bearer is deleted.
网关选择模块 23, 用于在所述确定模块 22的判断结果为是时, 为所 述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指示所述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务 的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与所述新 PGW建立新 PDN连接; 连接保持模块 24, 用于在所述确定模块 22的判断结果为否时, 保持 所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。  The gateway selection module 23 is configured to: when the determination result of the determining module 22 is YES, select a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instruct the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, And indicating that the UE establishes a new PDN connection with the new PGW; and the connection maintaining module 24 is configured to maintain the connection between the UE and the original PGW when the determining result of the determining module 22 is NO.
本实施例中, 确定模块 22具体用于: 获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的 连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN连 接的业务连续性信息。  In this embodiment, the determining module 22 is specifically configured to: obtain continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtain service continuity information of the PDN connection according to continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
一种实现方式中, 所述确定模块 22具体通过以下方式获取获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息:确定模块 22获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的 连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN 连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承 载需要保持连续, 则确定模块 22确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持 连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定模块 22 确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  In an implementation manner, the determining module 22 obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection by using the following manner: the determining module 22 acquires the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, according to the PDN connection. The continuity information of the bearer determines whether the bearers on the PDN connection need to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous, the determining module 22 determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous. If all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain contiguous, the determining module 22 determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
另一种实现方式中, 确定模块 22具体通过以下方式获取所述 PDN连 接的业务连续性信息: 确定模块 22获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性 信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上 各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要 保持连续,确定模块 22确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; 如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定模块 22确定所 述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都 不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定模块 22确定 所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 In another implementation manner, the determining module 22 obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection by using the following manner: the determining module 22 acquires continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, according to each bearer on the PDN connection. Continuity information, determining the PDN connection Whether each bearer needs to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, the determining module 22 determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operation The MME selects the policy, and the determining module 22 determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, but The PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, and the determining module 22 determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
上述两种方式中, 确定模块 22获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性 信息具体为: 接收为所述 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的所述 PDN连接 上各承载的连续性信息。  In the above two manners, the obtaining, by the determining module 22, the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection is: receiving continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE.
本实施例提供的方法, 可用于执行方式实施例一的技术方案, 具体实 现方式和技术效果类似, 这里不再赘述。  The method provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution in the first embodiment, and the specific implementation manner and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图 13为本发明网络设备实施例一的结构示意图, 如图 13所示, 本实 施例提供的网络设备, 包括: 第一获取模块 31、 第二获取模块 32、 发送 模块 33。  FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the network device provided by this embodiment includes: a first obtaining module 31, a second obtaining module 32, and a sending module 33.
其中, 第一获取模块 31, 用于获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务 连续性信息;  The first obtaining module 31 is configured to obtain service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
第二获取模块 32, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息;  The second obtaining module 32 is configured to obtain service continuity information of the PDN connection according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
发送模块 33, 用于向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务 连续性信息。  The sending module 33 is configured to send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME.
一种实现方式中, 所述第二获取模块 32具体用于: 根据所述 PDN连 接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各业务是否都需要保持连 接; 如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接 上承载的所有业务都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性为不需要保持连续。  In an implementation manner, the second obtaining module 32 is specifically configured to: determine, according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, whether the services need to maintain a connection; if the PDN is connected Determining that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, the PDN connection is determined. Business continuity does not need to be continuous.
另一种实现方式中, 所述第二获取模块 32具体用于: 根据所述 PDN 连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各业务是否都需要保持 连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连 续, 确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; 如果所述 PDN连 接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要 保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所 述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为不需要保持连 续。 In another implementation manner, the second obtaining module 32 is specifically configured to: determine, according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, whether the services need to be continuous; if the PDN connection Any one of the services carried on the business needs to remain connected Continuing, determining whether the PDN connection meets a first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if the PDN connection All of the bearers need not be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous. However, if the PDN connection does not satisfy the first carrier selection policy, the service continuity of the PDN is determined to be Need to stay continuous.
当所述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 所述第一获取模块 31包括: 接收单元和确定单元, 接收单元用于接收包检测实体 TDF发送 的各业务的业务流特征信息; 确定单元用于根据所述各业务的业务流特征 信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。 所述各业务的业务流特征信息包括: 所述业务的五元组信息或所述业务的 应用层信息。 这里, 所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述各业务的业务流特 征信息, 以及预先存储或者从外部数据库获得的各种业务类型的业务连续 性特性信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性。  When the network device is a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, the first acquiring module 31 includes: a receiving unit and a determining unit, where the receiving unit is configured to receive service flow feature information of each service sent by the packet detecting entity TDF; The service continuity of each service is determined according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, and the service continuity information of each service is obtained. The service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service. Here, the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine service continuity of the services according to service flow feature information of each service, and service continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
本实施例中, 网络设备可以为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF、 SGW、 In this embodiment, the network device may be a policy control rule formulating entity PCRF, SGW,
PGW。 PGW.
当所述网络设备为体 PCRF, 所述第一获取模块 31具体用于: 接收包 检测实体 TDF 发送的所述各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述各业务 的业务连续性信息为所述 TDF根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定的。  When the network device is a physical PCRF, the first acquiring module 31 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF, where the service continuity information of each service is The TDF is determined according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
当所述网络设备为 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的分组数据网关 PGW和 服务网关 S-GW之间的协议为无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议; 所 述发送模块具体用于: 通过所述 PGW和所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 当所述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实 体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动 互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议; 所述发送模块 33具体用于: 通过所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  When the network device is a PCRF, and the protocol between the packet data gateway PGW and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE is a wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol, the sending module is specifically configured to: The PGW and the S-GW send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME. When the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol; the sending module 33 is specifically used to Transmitting, by the S-GW, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
当所述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述第二获取模块 32具 体用于: 接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性 信息, 其中, 所述 PDN 连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; 所述发送模块 33 具体用于: 通 过为所述 UE服务的 SGW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性When the network device is a PGW serving the UE, the second obtaining module 32 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection The service continuity of each service carried by the PCRF is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service; the sending module 33 is specifically configured to: The SGW serving the UE sends the service continuity of the PDN connection to the MME
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft is self-defeating.
当所述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述第一获取模块 31具 体用于: 当所述 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时, 获取所述各业 务的业务流特征信息; 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务 的业务连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。  When the network device is a PGW serving the UE, the first acquiring module 31 is specifically configured to: when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, obtain service flow characteristic information of each service. And determining, according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, service continuity of each service, and obtaining service continuity information of each service.
当所述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述第一获取模块 31具 体用于: 接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性 信息, 其中, 所述 PDN 连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定。  When the network device is an SGW serving the UE, the first acquiring module 31 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection The service continuity of each service carried on is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
当网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述第一获取模块 31具体用 于: 接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; 所述第二获取模块 32包括: 承载连续 性确定单元、 判断单元以及 PDN连接的连续性确定单元。  When the network device is the SGW that serves the UE, the first acquiring module 31 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried by the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection is carried The service continuity of each service is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service; the second acquisition module 32 includes: a bearer continuity determining unit, a determining unit, and a continuity determining unit of the PDN connection.
其中, 承载连续性确定单元, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业 务的业务连续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; 判断单元, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断所述 PDN连接上各承 载是否都需要保持连续; PDN连接的连续性确定单元, 用于根据所述判断 单元的判断结果确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 则所述 PDN连接的连续性确定单元 确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上 所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则所述 PDN连接的连续性确定单元确定所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  The bearer continuity determining unit is configured to determine continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection; the determining unit is configured to connect each bearer according to the PDN The continuity information determines whether the bearers on the PDN connection need to be continuous; the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection is configured to determine, according to the judgment result of the determining unit, whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous; The continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, then The continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
在另一种实现方式中, 判断单元, 用于在所述承载连续性确定单元确 定所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续时, 确定所述 PDN连接 是否满足第一运营商选择策略; PDN连接的连续性确定单元, 用于根据所 述判断单元的判断结果确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则所述 PDN连接的连续性确定 单元确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上 所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要 保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一运营商选择策略, , 则所 述 PDN连接的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持 连续。 In another implementation manner, the determining unit is configured to determine, when the bearer continuity determining unit determines that any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, determine whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy; a continuity determining unit of the PDN connection, configured to determine, according to a determination result of the determining unit, whether the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the PDN connection is continuous The determining unit determines that the service continuity of the PDN is required to remain continuous; if the PDN is connected All the bearers need not be kept continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, and the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines The business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
本实施例中, 为了减少网络设备的开销, 所述发送模块具体用于: 确 定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变化时, 向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 或者, 在所述 PDN连接刚建立, 所述发送模块 具体在预设时长之后,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 从而减少了所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息的发送。  In this embodiment, in order to reduce the overhead of the network device, the sending module is specifically configured to: when determining that the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME. Or, after the PDN connection is established, the sending module sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME after the preset duration. Thereby, the transmission of the business continuity information of the PDN connection is reduced.
本实施例提供的方法, 可用于执行方法实施例二的技术方案, 具体实 现方式和技术效果类似, 这里不再赘述。  The method provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution in the second embodiment of the method, and the specific implementation manner and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图 14为本发明移动管理实体实施例三的结构示意图, 如图 14所示, 本实施例提供的 MME400包括: 处理器 41、 接收器 43。 接收器 43通过总 线和处理器 41相连。 本实施例提供的 MME还可以包括: 存储器 42, 其中, 存储器 42存储执行指令, 当 MME400运行时, 处理器 41与存储器 42之间 通信, 处理器 41执行执行指令使得 MME400执行本发明提供的业务连续性 判断方法。  FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a mobility management entity according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the MME 400 provided in this embodiment includes: a processor 41 and a receiver 43. The receiver 43 is connected to the processor 41 via a bus. The MME provided in this embodiment may further include: a memory 42, wherein the memory 42 stores execution instructions, when the MME 400 is running, the processor 41 communicates with the memory 42, and the processor 41 executes execution instructions to cause the MME 400 to perform the service provided by the present invention. Continuity judgment method.
其中, 接收器 43, 用于获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接 的业务连续性信息;  The receiver 43 is configured to obtain service continuity information of the PDN connection of the packet data network of the user equipment UE.
处理器 41, 用于当触发条件满足时, 根据所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续; 所述触发条件为以下 条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、 新的业务发起、 原有业务结束、 演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS承载的删除。  The processor 41 is configured to determine, according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection, whether the PDN connection needs to keep the service continuous according to the service continuity information of the PDN connection; the trigger condition is any one of the following conditions: a mobility management event occurs, New service initiation, original service termination, evolution of the EPS system bearer of the packet system, modification of the EPS bearer, and deletion of the EPS bearer.
若否, 则所述处理器 41为所述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指 示所述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与 所述新 PGW建立新 PDN连接;  If not, the processor 41 selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, and instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish with the new PGW. New PDN connection;
若是, 则所述处理器 41保持所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。  If so, the processor 41 maintains the connection of the UE to the original PGW.
所述接收器 43具体用于: 接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务 连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由所述网络设备根 据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的连续性信息确定。 所述网络设备为策 略控制规则制定实体 PCRF、 所述原 PGW、 为所述 UE 服务的服务网关 S-GW中的任意一个。 The receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, where the service continuity information of the PDN connection is used by the network device according to each service carried on the PDN connection The continuity information is determined. The network device is a policy Slightly control any one of the rule making entity PCRF, the original PGW, and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
当所述网络设备为所述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间 的协议为通用无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议时, 所述接收器 43具 体用于: 接收所述 PCRF通过所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。当所述网络设备为所述 PCRF时,且所述原 PGW 和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议时, 所述接收器 43具体用于:接收所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。  When the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is a general wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol, the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive the The business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW. When the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol, the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive the The business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW.
当所述网络设备为所述原 PGW时, 所述接收器 43具体用于: 接收所 述原 PGW通过所述 SGW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 当所 述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 S-GW时, 所述接收器 43具体用于: 接 收所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  When the network device is the original PGW, the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW. When the network device is an S-GW that serves the UE, the receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW.
上述几种方式中, MME都是接收其他网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接 的业务连续性信息, 当然, MME也可以自己确定所述 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息, 当 MME自己确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息时,所述接 收器 43具体用于: 接收为所述 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的所述 PDN 连接上各承载的连续性信息。 然后, 接收器 43根据所述 PDN连接上各承 载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  In the above manner, the MME is configured to receive the service continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the other network device. The MME may also determine the service continuity information of the PDN connection by itself, and the MME determines the PDN connection by itself. The receiver 43 is specifically configured to: receive continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or the PGW served by the UE. Then, the receiver 43 acquires the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
接收器 43根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息具体为: 接收器 43根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的 连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所 述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连 续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  The receiver 43 obtains the service continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection. The receiver 43 determines the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. Whether each bearer needs to be continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to be continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, Then, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
或者, 所述接收器 43根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判 断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的 任意一个承载需要保持连续, 进一歩, 确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一 运营商选择策略; 如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则 所述 MME确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN 连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承 载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则所述 MME确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 Or, the receiver 43 determines, according to the continuity information of the bearers on the PDN connection, whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, further Determining whether the PDN connection satisfies a first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to remain continuous; PDN All the bearers on the connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, and the MME determines the service of the PDN. Continuity does not need to be continuous.
所述处理器 41 具体用于通过以下方式确定是否需要为 UE 选择新 PGW: 处理器 41获取所述原 PDN连接的所属的访问接入点 APN对应的 各 PGW的相关信息, 其中, 所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息包括: 所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离信息、所述各 PGW与所述 UE的时延信息、 所述各 PGW的负载信息; 根据所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息和所 述 UE的实际需求从所述各 PGW中为所述 UE选择新 PGW。  The processor 41 is specifically configured to determine, by using the following manner, whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE: the processor 41 acquires information about each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, where the APN is Corresponding information of each PGW includes: distance information of each PGW and the UE, delay information of each PGW and the UE, and load information of each PGW; and each PGW corresponding to the APN The relevant information and the actual requirements of the UE select a new PGW for the UE from the respective PGWs.
进一歩的, 本实施例提供的 MME还可以包括发射器 44, 发射器 44, 用于向域名***服务器 DNS发送 DNS查询请求, 用于查询所述 APN对 应的各 PGW信息; 所述接收器 43还用于: 接收所述 DNS发送的所述各 PGW的互联网协议 IP地址; 相应的, 所述处理器 41具体用于: 根据所述 接收器接收的所述各 PGW的 IP地址确定所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离。 这种方式中, MME从 DNS处获取到各 PGW信息, 当然, 所述处理器 41 还可以从预先配置好的数据库中查询所述原 PDN连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息。  Further, the MME provided in this embodiment may further include a transmitter 44, where the transmitter 44 is configured to send a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS for querying each PGW information corresponding to the APN; the receiver 43 And the method is further configured to: receive the Internet Protocol IP address of each of the PGWs sent by the DNS; and correspondingly, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the IP addresses of the PGWs received by the receiver, the The distance of the PGW from the UE. In this manner, the MME obtains the PGW information from the DNS. The processor 41 may also query, from the pre-configured database, the correlation of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs. information.
在本实施例中, 处理器 41在为具体 UE选择新 PGW时, 还可以考虑 运营商选择策略, 具体地: 处理器 41 根据第二运营商选择策略确定是否 需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 所述第二运营商选择策略为: 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于 EPS 连接管理空闲态 ECM-IDLE 时, 为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于任何状态下都不需要为所述 UE 选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接不需要保持业务连续性时为 所述 UE选择新 PGW。  In this embodiment, when selecting a new PGW for a specific UE, the processor 41 may also consider an operator selection policy. Specifically, the processor 41 determines, according to the second operator selection policy, whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE. The second operator selection policy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in the EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE, selecting a new PGW for the UE, or when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state There is no need to select a new PGW for the UE, or to select a new PGW for the UE when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain traffic continuity.
本实施例提供的 MME, 可用于执行方法实施例一的技术方案, 具体 实现方式和技术效果类似, 这里不再赘述。  The MME provided in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution in the first embodiment of the method, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图 15为本发明网络设备实施例二的结构示意图, 如图 15所示, 本实 施例提供的网络设备 500包括: 处理器 51、 接收器 53和发射器 54。 其中, 接收器 53和发射器 54通过总线和处理器 51相连。本实施例提供的网络设备 500还可以包括: 存储器 52, 其中, 存储器 52存储执行指令, 当网络设备 500运行时, 处理器 51与存储器 52之间通信, 处理器 51执行执行指令使得 网络设备 500执行本发明提供的业务连续性判断方法。 FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the network device 500 provided in this embodiment includes: a processor 51, a receiver 53, and a transmitter 54. Among them, the receiver 53 and the transmitter 54 are connected to the processor 51 via a bus. The network device 500 provided in this embodiment may further include: a memory 52, where the memory 52 stores execution instructions, when the network device When the 500 is running, the processor 51 communicates with the memory 52, and the processor 51 executes the execution instruction so that the network device 500 executes the business continuity determination method provided by the present invention.
接收器 53, 用于获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息; 处理器 51 : 用于根据所述接收器获取的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业 务的业务连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息;  The receiver 53 is configured to acquire service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, where the processor 51 is configured to obtain, according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection acquired by the receiver, Business continuity information for PDN connections;
发射器 54, 用于向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息。  The transmitter 54 is configured to send the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME.
本实施例中, 处理器 51可通过以下两种方式获取所述 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息, 第一种方式, 所述处理器 51具体用于: 根据所述 PDN连 接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各业务是否都需要保持连 接; 如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接 上承载的所有业务都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性为不需要保持连续。  In this embodiment, the processor 51 may obtain the service continuity information of the PDN connection in the following two manners. In the first manner, the processor 51 is specifically configured to: according to the services carried on the PDN connection. The service continuity information is used to determine whether each of the services needs to be connected; if any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to be continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; If all the services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
第二种方式, 处理器 51具体用于: 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业 务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各业务是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续,确定所述 PDN 连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; 如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运 营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所 述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连接上的任意 一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一运营商选择 策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。  In the second mode, the processor 51 is specifically configured to: determine, according to service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, whether the services need to be continuous; if the services are carried in the PDN connection Any one of the services needs to be continuous, determining whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, determining that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous Determining the PDN if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be contiguous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy. Business continuity does not need to be continuous.
本实施例中, 网络设备可以为 PCRF、 PGW和 SGW。  In this embodiment, the network device may be a PCRF, a PGW, and an SGW.
当所述网络设备为 PCRF, 所述接收器 53接收包检测实体 TDF发送 的各业务的业务流特征信息; 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述 各业务的业务连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。 其中, 所述各 业务的业务流特征信息包括: 所述业务的五元组信息或所述业务的应用层 信息。 或者, 所述接收器根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息, 以及预先存 储或者从外部数据库获得的各种业务类型的业务连续性特性信息确定所 述各业务的业务连续性。 上述方式中, PCRF根据各业务的业务流特征信 息自己确定各业务的业务连续性信息, 另外的方式中, 包检测实体 TDF 确定各业务的业务连续性信息, 然后发送给 PCRF, PCRF 的所述接收器 53接收包检测实体 TDF发送的所述各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所 述各业务的业务连续性信息为所述 TDF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信 息确定的。 When the network device is a PCRF, the receiver 53 receives the service flow feature information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF; determines the service continuity of the services according to the service flow feature information of each service, and obtains the Business continuity information for each business. The service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service. Alternatively, the receiver determines service continuity of the services according to service flow characteristic information of each service and service continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database. In the above manner, the PCRF is based on the service flow characteristic of each service. The information itself determines the service continuity information of each service. In another mode, the packet inspection entity TDF determines the service continuity information of each service, and then sends the information to the PCRF. The receiver 53 of the PCRF receives the packet sent by the packet detection entity TDF. The service continuity information of each service, where the service continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service.
当所述网络设备为 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的分组数据网关 PGW和 服务网关 S-GW之间的协议为无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议; 发 射器 54具体用于: 通过所述 PGW和所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 当所述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 且为所述 UE服务的 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互 联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议; 所述发射器 54具体用于: 通过所述 S-GW 向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  When the network device is a PCRF, and the protocol between the packet data gateway PGW and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE is a wireless packet service technology tunnel label GTP protocol; the transmitter 54 is specifically configured to: pass the PGW And transmitting, by the S-GW, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME. When the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW is the Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol; the transmitter 54 is specifically used to Transmitting, by the S-GW, the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
当所述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW,所述接收器 53具体用于: 接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其 中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所述 各业务的业务流特征信息确定; 所述发射器具体用于: 通过为所述 UE服 务的 SGW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 或者, 接 收器 53具体用于: 当所述 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时, 所述 PGW 获取所述各业务的业务流特征信息; 根据所述各业务的业务流特征 信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。  When the network device is a PGW serving the UE, the receiver 53 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection is carried The service continuity of each service is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service; the transmitter is specifically configured to: send the PDN-connected service to the MME by using an SGW serving the UE Continuity information. Or the receiver 53 is specifically configured to: when a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the PGW acquires service flow feature information of each service; and determines, according to the service flow feature information of each service The business continuity of each service is obtained, and the business continuity information of each service is obtained.
当所述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 SGW,所述接收器 53具体用于: 接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其 中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所述 各业务的业务流特征信息确定。 或者, 接收器 53接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承 载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息 确定; 相应的, 所述处理器 51具体用于: 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各 业务的业务连续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; 根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要 保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 则确定 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上所有 承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保 持连续。 如果处理器 51确定所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连 续, 进一歩地, 处理器 51确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策 略; 如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要 保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所 述 PDN连接不满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连 续性为不需要保持连续。 When the network device is an SGW serving the UE, the receiver 53 is specifically configured to: receive service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the PDN connection is carried The service continuity of each service is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristic information of each service. Or, the receiver 53 receives the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the service continuity of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service of each service. Correspondingly, the processor 51 is configured to: determine, according to the service continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection; according to the PDN connection The continuity information of each bearer determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be kept continuous; if any one of the PDN connections needs to be kept continuous, then it is determined The service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous. If the processor 51 determines that any one of the PDN connections needs to remain contiguous, the processor 51 determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy; if the PDN connection satisfies the first operation The QoS selection policy determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous; if all the bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, or any one of the PDN connections needs to remain continuous, but the PDN If the connection does not satisfy the first operator selection policy, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
为了减少网络设备向 MME频繁发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息 占用的网络资源, 所述发射器 54确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变 化时, 才向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。或者, 当所 述 PDN连接刚建立时, 所述发射器 54在预设时长之后, 向所述 MME发 送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。  In order to reduce the network resources occupied by the network device frequently transmitting the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME, the transmitter 54 determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection changes, and sends the PDN connection to the MME. Business continuity information. Alternatively, when the PDN connection is just established, the transmitter 54 sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME after a preset duration.
本实施例提供的网络设备, 可用于执行方法实施例二的技术方案, 具 体实现方式和技术效果类似, 这里不再赘述。  The network device provided in this embodiment can be used to implement the technical solution in the second embodiment of the method. The specific implementation and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解: 实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分歩 骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成, 前述的程序可以存储于一计算机 可读取存储介质中, 该程序在执行时, 执行包括上述方法实施例的歩骤; 而前述的存储介质包括: ROM、 RAM, 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程 序代码的介质。  A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be implemented by hardware related to program instructions, and the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, when executed, The foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对 其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通 技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并 不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。  Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting thereof; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种业务连续性的处理方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A business continuity processing method, characterized by including:
移动性管理实体 MME获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的 业务连续性信息; The mobility management entity MME obtains the business continuity information of the packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE;
当触发条件满足时,所述 MME根据所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息 确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续; When the triggering condition is met, the MME determines whether the PDN connection needs to maintain service continuity based on the business continuity information of the PDN connection;
若否, 则所述 MME为所述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指示所 述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与所述 新 PGW建立新 PDN连接; If not, the MME selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish a new PDN with the new PGW. connect;
若是, 则所述 MME保持所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。 If so, the MME maintains the connection between the UE and the original PGW.
2、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述移动性管理实体 MME获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包 括: 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the mobility management entity MME obtains the business continuity information of the packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE, including:
所述 MME接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息,其 中, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接 上承载的各业务的连续性信息确定。 The MME receives the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, wherein the business continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the network device based on the continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备为策略 控制规则制定实体 PCRF、所述原 PGW、为所述 UE服务的服务网关 S-GW 中的任意一个。 3. The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the network device is any one of the policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, the original PGW, and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
4、 根据权利要求 3 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为所 述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为通用无线分组服 务技术隧道标签 GTP协议时, 所述 MME接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息, 包括: 4. The method according to claim 3, characterized in that when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is General Wireless Packet Service Technology Tunnel Label GTP During the agreement, the MME receives the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, including:
所述 MME接收所述 PCRF通过所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW发送的所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 The MME receives the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW.
5、 根据权利要求 3 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为所 述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联网 协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议时,所述 MME接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连 接的业务连续性信息, 包括: 5. The method according to claim 3, characterized in that when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 During the protocol, the MME receives the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, including:
所述 MME接收所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息。 The MME receives the service of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW. business continuity information.
6、 根据权利要求 3 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为所 述原 PGW时, 所述 MME接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息, 包括: 6. The method according to claim 3, wherein when the network device is the original PGW, the MME receives the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, including:
所述 MME接收所述原 PGW通过所述 SGW发送的所述 PDN连接的 业务连续性信息。 The MME receives the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW.
7、 根据权利要求 3 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 S-GW时, 所述 MME获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括: 7. The method according to claim 3, characterized in that, when the network device is an S-GW serving the UE, the MME obtains the business continuity information of the packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE. , include:
所述 MME接收所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 The MME receives the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW.
8、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述移动性管理实体 MME获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包 括: 8. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the mobility management entity MME obtains the business continuity information of the packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE, including:
所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息,根据所述 PDN 连接上各承载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 The MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtains the business continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
9、 根据权利要求 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性 信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括: 9. The method according to claim 8, characterized in that, the MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtains the service of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. Continuity information, including:
所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息,根据所述 PDN 连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保 持连续; The MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN 连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 则所述 MME 确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续,则所述 MME确定 所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, the MME determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
10、 根据权利要求 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性 信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括: 10. The method according to claim 8, characterized in that, the MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtains the service of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. Continuity information, including:
所述 MME获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息,根据所述 PDN 连接上各承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保 持连续; The MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to be maintained based on the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection. remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,所述 MME确定 所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; If any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略,则所述 MME确定 所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, the MME determines that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略,则所述 MME确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持 连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first operator selection policy, the MME determines that the The business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
11、根据权利要求 8-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述 MME 获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 包括: 11. The method according to any one of claims 8-10, characterized in that the MME obtains the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, including:
所述 MME接收为所述 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的所述 PDN连 接上各承载的连续性信息。 The MME receives the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or PGW serving the UE.
12、根据权利要求 1-11任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述触发条 件为以下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、 新的业务发起、 原有业 务结束、 演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS承载 的删除。 12. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that the triggering condition is any one of the following conditions: occurrence of a mobility management event, new service initiation, end of original service, evolved grouping Creation of system EPS bearers, modification of EPS bearers, and deletion of EPS bearers.
13、 根据权利要求 1-11任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 MME 为所述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 包括: 13. The method according to any one of claims 1-11, characterized in that the MME selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, including:
所述 MME获取所述原 PDN连接的所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 The MME obtains the access point APN corresponding to the original PDN connection.
PGW的相关信息, 其中, 所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息包括: 所 述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离信息、 所述各 PGW与所述 UE的时延信息、 所述各 PGW的负载信息; Relevant information of PGW, wherein the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: distance information of each PGW and the UE, delay information of each PGW and the UE, load of each PGW information;
所述 MME根据所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息和所述 UE的实 际需求从所述各 PGW中为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 The MME selects a new PGW for the UE from the PGWs based on the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the APN and the actual needs of the UE.
14、 根据权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 MME获取所 述原 PDN连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW与所述 UE的距离 信息, 包括: 14. The method according to claim 13, wherein the MME obtains the distance information between each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs and the UE, including:
所述 MME向域名***服务器 DNS发送 DNS查询请求, 用于查询所 述 APN对应的各 PGW信息; 所述 MME接收所述 DNS发送的所述各 PGW的互联网协议 IP地址, 所述 MME根据所述各 PGW的 IP地址确定所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距 The MME sends a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS for querying the information of each PGW corresponding to the APN; The MME receives the Internet Protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS, and the MME determines the distance between the PGW and the UE based on the IP address of each PGW.
15、 根据权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 MME获取所 述原 PDN连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息,包括: 所述 MME从预先配置好的数据库中查询所述原 PDN连接所属的访问 接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息。 15. The method according to claim 13, characterized in that, the MME obtains the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, including: the MME obtains information from a preconfigured database Query the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs.
16、根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 MME为所述 UE 选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 包括: 16. The method according to claim 1, wherein the MME selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, including:
所述 MME根据第二运营商选择策略确定是否需要为所述 UE选择新 The MME determines whether a new operator needs to be selected for the UE according to the second operator selection policy.
PGW。 PGW.
17、 根据权利要求 16所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二运营商选 择策略为: 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于 EPS连接管理空闲态 ECM-IDLE 时, 为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于任何状 态下都不需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接不 需要保持业务连续性时为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 17. The method according to claim 16, wherein the second operator selection strategy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in the EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE, select a new PGW for the UE. , Or, when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, there is no need to select a new PGW for the UE, or when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity, a new PGW is selected for the UE.
18、 一种业务连续性的处理方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 18. A business continuity processing method, characterized by including:
网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息; 所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息 获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息; The network device obtains the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection; the network device obtains the business continuity information of the PDN connection according to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 The network device sends the business continuity of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME.
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft from Θ,.
19、 根据权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备根据 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息, 包括: 19. The method according to claim 18, wherein the network device obtains the business continuity information of the PDN connection based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各业务是否都需要保持连接; The network device determines whether each service needs to maintain a connection based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则所述网络设备确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If any of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, the network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的所有业务都不需要保持连续, 则所述网 络设备确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all services carried on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, then the network The network device determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be maintained.
20、 根据权利要求要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接 的业务连续性信息, 包括: 20. The method of claim 18, wherein the network device obtains the business continuity information of the PDN connection based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各业务是否都需要保持连续; The network device determines whether each service needs to remain continuous based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 所述网络设备确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; If any one of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, the network device determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则所述网络设备 确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, the network device determines that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则所述网络设备确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为不需要 保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first operator selection policy, then the network device determines The business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
21、 根据权利要求 18-20中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网 络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF,所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承 载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 包括: 21. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, characterized in that: the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the network device obtains business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection , include:
所述 PCRF接收包检测实体 TDF发送的各业务的业务流特征信息; 所述 PCRF根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务 连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。 The PCRF receives the business flow characteristic information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF; the PCRF determines the business continuity of each service based on the business flow characteristic information of each service, and obtains the business continuity of each service. information.
22、 根据权利要求 21 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述各业务的业务 流特征信息包括: 所述业务的五元组信息或所述业务的应用层信息。 22. The method according to claim 21, characterized in that the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
23、 根据权利要求 21或 22所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 PCRF根 据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 包括: 所述 PCRF根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息, 以及预先存储或者从 外部数据库获得的各种业务类型的业务连续性特性信息确定所述各业务 的业务连续性。 23. The method according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that, the PCRF determines the business continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service, including: the PCRF determines the business continuity of each service according to the service flow characteristic information of each service. business flow characteristic information, and business continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database to determine the business continuity of each service.
24、 根据权利要求 18-20任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF,所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载 的各业务的业务连续性信息, 包括: 所述 PCRF接收包检测实体 TDF发送的所述各业务的业务连续性信 息, 其中, 所述各业务的业务连续性信息为所述 TDF 根据所述各业务的 业务流特征信息确定的。 24. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, characterized in that, the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the network device obtains the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, include: The PCRF receives the business continuity information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF, wherein the business continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service.
25、 根据权利要求 18-24任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 且为所述 UE服务的分组数据网关 25. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 24, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and is a packet data gateway serving the UE
PGW和服务网关 S-GW之间的协议为无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协 议; The protocol between the PGW and the serving gateway S-GW is the Wireless Packet Service Technology Tunnel Label GTP protocol;
所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 包括: The network device sends the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述 PCRF通过所述 PGW和所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 The PCRF sends the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the PGW and the S-GW.
26、 根据权利要求 18-24任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 且为所述 UE服务的 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议; 26. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 24, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and is a protocol between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW. Acts as an agent for the Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 包括: The network device sends the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息。 The PCRF sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the S-GW.
27、 根据权利要求 18-20任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各 业务的业务连续性信息, 包括: 27. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, characterized in that: the network device is a PGW serving the UE, and the network device obtains business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection , include:
所述 PGW接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息,其中,所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; The PGW receives the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information is confirmed;
所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息, 包括: The network device sends the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述 PGW通过为所述 UE服务的 SGW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 The PGW sends the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the SGW serving the UE.
28、 根据权利要求 18-20任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各 业务的业务连续性信息, 包括: 28. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, characterized in that: the network device is a PGW serving the UE, and the network device obtains each data link carried on the PDN connection. Business continuity information for the business, including:
当所述 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时,所述 PGW获取所述 各业务的业务流特征信息; When a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the PGW obtains the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述 PGW根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务 连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。 The PGW determines the business continuity of each service based on the service flow characteristic information of each service, and obtains the business continuity information of each service.
29、 根据权利要求 18-20任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络 设备为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各 业务的业务连续性信息, 包括: 29. The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, characterized in that: the network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the network device obtains business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection , include:
所述 SGW接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息,其中,所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定。 The SGW receives the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information confirmed.
30、 根据权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息, 包括: 30. The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the network device obtains the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 SGW接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息,其中,所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; The SGW receives the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF according to the service flow characteristics of each service. Information is confirmed;
所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息 获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括: The network device obtains the business continuity information of the PDN connection based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 SGW根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息确定 所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; The SGW determines the continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
所述 SGW根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断所述 PDN 连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; The SGW determines whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则所述 SGW确 定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续,则所述 SGW确定 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, the SGW determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
31、 根据权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备为为 所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述网络设备获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息, 包括: SGW接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性 信息, 其中, 所述 PDN 连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; 31. The method according to claim 18, characterized in that, the network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the network device obtains the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including: The SGW receives the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, where the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service. ;
所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息 获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括: The network device obtains the business continuity information of the PDN connection based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, including:
所述 SGW根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息确定 所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; The SGW determines the continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,所述 SGW确定 所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; If any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, the SGW determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略,则所述 SGW确定 所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, the SGW determines that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略,则所述 SGW确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持 连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first operator selection policy, the SGW determines that the The business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
32、 根据权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备向移 动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 包括: 32. The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the network device sends the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述网络设备确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变化, 所述网络 设备向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 The network device determines that the business continuity of the PDN connection changes, and the network device sends the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME.
33、 根据权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 如果所述 PDN连接 刚建立,所述网络设备向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连 续性信息, 包括: 33. The method according to claim 18, characterized in that, if the PDN connection has just been established, the network device sends the service continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME, including:
所述网络设备在预设时长之后,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息。 The network device sends the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME after a preset time period.
34、 一种移动管理实体 MME, 其特征在于, 包括: 34. A mobility management entity MME, characterized by: including:
获取模块 12, 用于获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业 务连续性信息; Acquisition module 12, used to obtain the business continuity information of the packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE;
确定模块, 用于当触发条件满足时, 根据所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续; A determination module, configured to determine whether the PDN connection needs to maintain business continuity based on the business continuity information of the PDN connection when the trigger condition is met;
网关选择模块, 用于在所述确定模块的判断结果为是时, 为所述 UE 选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指示所述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与所述新 PGW建立新 PDN连接; A gateway selection module, configured to select the gateway for the UE when the judgment result of the determination module is yes. Select a new packet data gateway PGW, and instruct the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instruct the UE to establish a new PDN connection with the new PGW;
连接保持模块, 用于在所述确定模块的判断结果为否时, 保持所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。 The connection maintenance module is configured to maintain the connection between the UE and the original PGW when the determination result of the determination module is no.
35、 根据权利要求 34所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述获取模块具体 用于: 接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载 的各业务的连续性信息确定。 35. The MME according to claim 34, wherein the acquisition module is specifically configured to: receive the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by a network device, wherein the business continuity information of the PDN connection is provided by The network device determines based on the continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
36、 根据权利要求 35所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备为策 略控制规则制定实体 PCRF、 所述原 PGW、 为所述 UE 服务的服务网关 36. The MME according to claim 35, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, the original PGW, and a serving gateway serving the UE.
S-GW中的任意一个。 Any one of S-GW.
37、 根据权利要求 36所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为 所述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为通用无线分组 服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议时, 所述获取模块具体用于: 37. The MME according to claim 36, wherein when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is General Wireless Packet Service Technology Tunnel Label GTP During the agreement, the acquisition module is specifically used for:
接收所述 PCRF通过所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接 的业务连续性信息。 Receive the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW.
38、 根据权利要求 36所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为 所述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联 网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议时, 所述获取模块具体用于: 38. The MME according to claim 36, wherein when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 During the agreement, the acquisition module is specifically used for:
接收所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 Receive business continuity of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft from Θ,.
39、 根据权利要求 36所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为 所述原 PGW时, 所述获取模块具体用于: 39. The MME according to claim 36, characterized in that, when the network device is the original PGW, the acquisition module is specifically used to:
接收所述原 PGW通过所述 SGW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息。 Receive the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW.
40、 根据权利要求 36所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为 为所述 UE服务的 S-GW时, 所述获取模块具体用于: 40. The MME according to claim 36, wherein when the network device is an S-GW serving the UE, the acquisition module is specifically configured to:
接收所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 Receive the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW.
41、 根据权利要求 34所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体 用于: 获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 41. The MME according to claim 34, characterized in that the determining module is specifically used to: Obtain the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtain the business continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
42、 根据权利要求 41所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体 用于: 42. The MME according to claim 41, characterized in that the determination module is specifically used for:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; Obtain the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determine whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection; If any bearer on the PDN connection If it needs to be continuous, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, then it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
43、 根据权利要求 41所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块具体 用于: 43. The MME according to claim 41, characterized in that the determination module is specifically used to:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 确定所述 PDN 连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; Obtain the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determine whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection; If any bearer on the PDN connection Need to maintain continuity, determine whether the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first operator selection policy, then determine the PDN Business continuity does not require continuity.
44、 根据权利要求 41-43 中任一项所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述 确定模块具体用于: 44. The MME according to any one of claims 41-43, characterized in that the determination module is specifically used for:
接收为所述 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的所述 PDN连接上各承载 的连续性信息。 Receive the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or PGW serving the UE.
45、 根据权利要求 33-44中任一项所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述 触发条件为以下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、 新的业务发起、 原有业务结束、演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS 承载的删除。 45. The MME according to any one of claims 33 to 44, characterized in that the triggering condition is any one of the following conditions: occurrence of a mobility management event, new service initiation, end of original service, evolution Creation of EPS bearers in packet systems, modification of EPS bearers, and deletion of EPS bearers.
46、 根据权利要求 33-44中任一项所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述 网关选择模块包括: 46. The MME according to any one of claims 33-44, characterized in that: The gateway selection module includes:
获取单元, 用于获取所述原 PDN连接的所属的访问接入点 APN对应 的各 PGW的相关信息,其中,所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息包括: 所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离信息、所述各 PGW与所述 UE的时延信息、 所述各 PGW的负载信息; The obtaining unit is configured to obtain the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, wherein the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: the information of each PGW and the UE. Distance information, delay information between each PGW and the UE, and load information of each PGW;
确定单元, 用于根据所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息和所述 UE 的实际需求从所述各 PGW中为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 The determining unit is configured to select a new PGW for the UE from the PGWs according to the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the APN and the actual needs of the UE.
47、 根据权利要求 46所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述获取单元具体 用于: 47. The MME according to claim 46, characterized in that the acquisition unit is specifically used for:
向域名***服务器 DNS发送 DNS查询请求, 用于查询所述 APN对 应的各 PGW信息; Send a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS to query the PGW information corresponding to the APN;
接收所述 DNS发送的所述各 PGW的互联网协议 IP地址, 根据所述 各 PGW的 IP地址确定所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离。 Receive the Internet Protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS, and determine the distance between each PGW and the UE according to the IP address of each PGW.
48、 根据权利要求 46所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述获取单元具体 用于: 48. The MME according to claim 46, characterized in that the acquisition unit is specifically used for:
从预先配置好的数据库中查询所述原 PDN 连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息。 Query the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs from the pre-configured database.
49、 根据权利要求 34所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述网关选择模块 具体用于: 49. The MME according to claim 34, characterized in that the gateway selection module is specifically used for:
根据第二运营商选择策略确定是否需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 Determine whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE according to the second operator selection policy.
50、 根据权利要求 49所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述第二运营商选 择策略为: 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于 EPS连接管理空闲态 ECM-IDLE 状态时, 为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于任 何状态下都不需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连 接不需要保持业务连续性时为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 50. The MME according to claim 49, wherein the second operator selection strategy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in the EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE state, select a new operator for the UE. PGW, or when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, there is no need to select a new PGW for the UE, or when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity, a new PGW is selected for the UE.
51、 一种网络设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 51. A network device, characterized by: including:
第一获取模块, 用于获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信 息; The first acquisition module is used to acquire the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
第二获取模块, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续 性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息; 发送模块,用于向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息。 A second acquisition module, configured to acquire the business continuity information of the PDN connection according to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection; A sending module, configured to send the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME.
52、 根据权利要求 51 所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二获取 模块具体用于: 52. The network device according to claim 51, characterized in that the second acquisition module is specifically used to:
根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各 业务是否都需要保持连接; According to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, determine whether each of the services needs to maintain a connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If any of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的所有业务都不需要保持连续, 则确定所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
53、 根据权利要求 51 所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二获取 模块具体用于: 53. The network device according to claim 51, characterized in that the second acquisition module is specifically used to:
根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各 业务是否都需要保持连续; According to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, determine whether each of the services needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; If any of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, determine whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first operator selection policy, then determine the PDN Business continuity does not require continuity.
54、 根据权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 所述第一获取模块包括: 接收单元, 用于接收包检测实体 TDF 发送的各业务的业务流特征信 息; 54. The network device according to any one of claims 51 to 53, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the first acquisition module includes: a receiving unit for receiving packet detection Business flow characteristic information of each service sent by the entity TDF;
确定单元, 用于根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的 业务连续性, 得到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。 A determining unit, configured to determine the business continuity of each service based on the business flow characteristic information of each service, and obtain the business continuity information of each service.
55、 根据权利要求 54所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述各业务的 业务流特征信息包括: 所述业务的五元组信息或所述业务的应用层信息。 55. The network device according to claim 54, wherein the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
56、 根据权利要求 54或 55所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述确定 单元具体用于: 56. The network device according to claim 54 or 55, characterized in that, the determining The unit is specifically used for:
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息, 以及预先存储或者从外部数据库 获得的各种业务类型的业务连续性特性信息确定所述各业务的业务连续 性。 The business continuity of each service is determined based on the business flow characteristic information of each service and the business continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
57、 根据权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF,所述第一获取模块具体用于: 接收包检测实体 TDF 发送的所述各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述各业务的业务连续性信息为所述 TDF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征 信息确定的。 57. The network device according to any one of claims 51 to 53, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the first acquisition module is specifically used to: receive and send a packet detection entity TDF The business continuity information of each service, wherein the business continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF based on the business flow characteristic information of each service.
58、 根据权利要求 51-57中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 且为所述 UE服务的分组数 据网关 PGW和服务网关 S-GW之间的协议为无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议; 58. The network device according to any one of claims 51 to 57, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and is a packet data gateway PGW and a serving gateway S- serving the UE. The protocol between GWs is the Wireless Packet Service Technology Tunnel Label GTP protocol;
所述发送模块具体用于: 通过所述 PGW和所述 S-GW向所述 MME 发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 The sending module is specifically configured to: send the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the PGW and the S-GW.
59、 根据权利要求 51-57中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的 PGW和 所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议; 59. The network device according to any one of claims 51 to 57, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and is between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW. The protocol is the proxy mobile Internet protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
所述发送模块具体用于:通过所述 S-GW向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 The sending module is specifically configured to: send the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the S-GW.
60、 根据权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述第二获取模块具体用于: 60. The network device according to any one of claims 51-53, characterized in that the network device is a PGW serving the UE, and the second acquisition module is specifically used to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; Receive the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述发送模块具体用于: 通过为所述 UE服务的 SGW 向所述 MME 发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 The sending module is specifically configured to: send the business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the SGW serving the UE.
61、 根据权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述第一获取模块具体用于: 61. The network device according to any one of claims 51-53, characterized in that the network device is a PGW serving the UE, and the first acquisition module is specifically used to:
当所述 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时, 获取所述各业务的 业务流特征信息; When a new service is initiated or ended on the PDN connection, obtain the information of each service Business flow characteristic information;
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 得 到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。 Determine the business continuity of each service based on the business flow characteristic information of each service, and obtain the business continuity information of each service.
62、 根据权利要求 51-53中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述第一获取模块具体用于: 62. The network device according to any one of claims 51-53, characterized in that the network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the first acquisition module is specifically used to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定。 Receive the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service.
63、 根据权利要求 51 所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备 为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述第一获取模块具体用于: 63. The network device according to claim 51, characterized in that the network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the first acquisition module is specifically used to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; Receive the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述第二获取模块包括: The second acquisition module includes:
承载连续性确定单元, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; A bearer continuity determining unit, configured to determine the continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection based on the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
判断单元, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; A judging unit, configured to judge whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection;
PDN连接的连续性确定单元,用于根据所述判断单元的判断结果确定 所述 PDN连接是否需要保持连续; The continuity determination unit of the PDN connection is used to determine whether the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the judgment result of the judgment unit;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 则所述 PDN连 接的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则所述 PDN连接 的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If any bearer on the PDN connection needs to be maintained, the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to be maintained; if all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be maintained. continuous, then the continuity determining unit of the PDN connection determines that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be maintained continuous.
64、 根据权利要求 51 所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备 为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述第一获取模块具体用于: 64. The network device according to claim 51, wherein the network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the first acquisition module is specifically used to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; Receive the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述第二获取模块包括: 承载连续性确定单元, 用于根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业 务连续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; The second acquisition module includes: A bearer continuity determining unit, configured to determine the continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
判断单元, 用于在所述承载连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN连接上的 任意一个承载需要保持连续时, 确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商 选择策略; A judging unit, configured to determine whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy when the bearer continuity determining unit determines that any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous;
PDN连接的连续性确定单元,用于根据所述判断单元的判断结果确定 所述 PDN连接是否需要保持连续; The continuity determination unit of the PDN connection is used to determine whether the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the judgment result of the judgment unit;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则所述 PDN连接 的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy, the continuity determination unit of the PDN connection determines that the business continuity of the PDN needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, , 则所述 PDN连接的连续性确定单元确定所述 PDN的 业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first operator selection policy, then the PDN connection The continuity determining unit determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be maintained.
65、 根据权利要求 51 所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述发送模块 具体用于: 65. The network device according to claim 51, characterized in that the sending module is specifically used for:
确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变化时,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 When it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN connection changes, the business continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
66、 根据权利要求 51所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 如果所述 PDN 连接刚建立, 所述发送模块具体用于: 66. The network device according to claim 51, characterized in that, if the PDN connection has just been established, the sending module is specifically used to:
在预设时长之后,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 After a preset time period, the business continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
67、 一种移动性管理实体 MME, 其特征在于, 包括: 67. A mobility management entity MME, characterized by including:
接收器,用于获取用户设备 UE的分组数据网络 PDN连接的业务连续 性信息; Receiver, used to obtain the business continuity information of the packet data network PDN connection of the user equipment UE;
处理器, 用于当触发条件满足时, 根据所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 信息确定所述 PDN连接是否需要保持业务连续; A processor, configured to determine whether the PDN connection needs to maintain business continuity based on the business continuity information of the PDN connection when the trigger condition is met;
若否, 则所述处理器为所述 UE选择新分组数据网关 PGW, 并指示所 述 UE断开与为所述 UE服务的原 PGW的连接, 以及指示所述 UE与所述 新 PGW建立新 PDN连接; If not, the processor selects a new packet data gateway PGW for the UE, instructs the UE to disconnect from the original PGW serving the UE, and instructs the UE to establish a new PGW with the new PGW. PDN connection;
若是, 则所述处理器保持所述 UE与所述原 PGW的连接。 If so, the processor maintains the connection between the UE and the original PGW.
68、 根据权利要求 67所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用 于: 68. The MME according to claim 67, wherein the receiver is specifically used At:
接收网络设备发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息由所述网络设备根据所述 PDN连接上承载的 各业务的连续性信息确定。 Receive the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the network device, wherein the business continuity information of the PDN connection is determined by the network device based on the continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection.
69、 根据权利要求 68所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备为策 略控制规则制定实体 PCRF、 所述原 PGW、 为所述 UE 服务的服务网关 S-GW中的任意一个。 69. The MME according to claim 68, wherein the network device is any one of the policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, the original PGW, and the serving gateway S-GW serving the UE.
70、 根据权利要求 69所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为 所述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为通用无线分组 服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议时, 所述接收器具体用于: 70. The MME according to claim 69, wherein when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is General Wireless Packet Service Technology Tunnel Label GTP protocol, the receiver is specifically used for:
接收所述 PCRF通过所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接 的业务连续性信息。 Receive the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the original PGW and the S-GW.
71、 根据权利要求 69所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为 所述 PCRF时, 且所述原 PGW和所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联 网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议时, 所述接收器具体用于: 71. The MME according to claim 69, wherein when the network device is the PCRF, and the protocol between the original PGW and the S-GW is Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol, the receiver is specifically used for:
接收所述 PCRF通过所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 Receive business continuity of the PDN connection sent by the PCRF through the S-GW
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft from Θ,.
72、 根据权利要求 69所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为 所述原 PGW时, 所述接收器具体用于: 72. The MME according to claim 69, wherein when the network device is the original PGW, the receiver is specifically used to:
接收所述原 PGW通过所述 SGW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 Receive the business continuity of the PDN connection sent by the original PGW through the SGW
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft from Θ,.
73、 根据权利要求 69所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 当所述网络设备为 为所述 UE服务的 S-GW时, 所述接收器具体用于: 73. The MME according to claim 69, wherein when the network device is an S-GW serving the UE, the receiver is specifically configured to:
接收所述 S-GW发送的所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 Receive the business continuity information of the PDN connection sent by the S-GW.
74、 根据权利要求 67所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用 于: 74. The MME according to claim 67, characterized in that the receiver is specifically used for:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 Obtain the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and obtain the business continuity information of the PDN connection according to the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection.
75、 根据权利要求 74所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用 于: 获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; 75. The MME according to claim 74, wherein the receiver is specifically used for: Obtain the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determine whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection; If any bearer on the PDN connection If it needs to be continuous, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, then it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
76、 根据权利要求 74所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述接收器具体用 于: 76. The MME according to claim 74, characterized in that the receiver is specifically used for:
获取所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息, 根据所述 PDN连接上各 承载的连续性信息, 判断所述 PDN连接上各承载是否都需要保持连续; 如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,所述 MME确定 所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; Obtain the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection, and determine whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection; If any bearer on the PDN connection Need to maintain continuity, the MME determines whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略,则所述 MME确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持 连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first operator selection policy, the MME determines that the The business continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
77、 根据权利要求 74-76中任一项所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述 接收器具体用于: 77. The MME according to any one of claims 74-76, characterized in that the receiver is specifically used for:
接收为所述 UE服务的 SGW或 PGW发送的所述 PDN连接上各承载 的连续性信息。 Receive the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection sent by the SGW or PGW serving the UE.
78、 根据权利要求 67-77中任一项所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述 触发条件为以下条件中任意一个: 移动性管理事件发生、 新的业务发起、 原有业务结束、演进的分组*** EPS承载的创建、 EPS承载的修改和 EPS 承载的删除。 78. The MME according to any one of claims 67 to 77, characterized in that the triggering condition is any one of the following conditions: occurrence of a mobility management event, new service initiation, end of original service, evolution Creation of EPS bearers in packet systems, modification of EPS bearers, and deletion of EPS bearers.
79、 根据权利要求 67-77中任一项所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述 处理器具体用于: 79. The MME according to any one of claims 67-77, characterized in that the processor is specifically used for:
获取所述原 PDN连接的所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相 关信息, 其中, 所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息包括: 所述各 PGW 与所述 UE的距离信息、所述各 PGW与所述 UE的时延信息、所述各 PGW 的负载信息; Obtain the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs, where the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the APN includes: each PGW The distance information to the UE, the delay information between each PGW and the UE, and the load information of each PGW;
根据所述 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息和所述 UE的实际需求从所 述各 PGW中为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 Select a new PGW for the UE from the PGWs according to the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the APN and the actual needs of the UE.
80、 根据权利要求 79所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 还包括: 80. The MME according to claim 79, further comprising:
发射器, 用于向域名***服务器 DNS发送 DNS查询请求, 用于查询 所述 APN对应的各 PGW信息; A transmitter, used to send a DNS query request to the domain name system server DNS, and used to query the information of each PGW corresponding to the APN;
所述接收器还用于:接收所述 DNS发送的所述各 PGW的互联网协议 IP地址; The receiver is also configured to: receive the Internet Protocol IP address of each PGW sent by the DNS;
所述处理器具体用于:根据所述接收器接收的所述各 PGW的 IP地址 确定所述各 PGW与所述 UE的距离。 The processor is specifically configured to: determine the distance between each PGW and the UE according to the IP address of each PGW received by the receiver.
81、 根据权利要求 79所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述处理器具体用 于: 81. The MME according to claim 79, characterized in that the processor is specifically used to:
从预先配置好的数据库中查询所述原 PDN 连接所属的访问接入点 APN对应的各 PGW的相关信息。 Query the relevant information of each PGW corresponding to the access point APN to which the original PDN connection belongs from the pre-configured database.
82、 根据权利要求 67所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述处理器具体用 于: 82. The MME according to claim 67, characterized in that the processor is specifically used to:
根据第二运营商选择策略确定是否需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 Determine whether a new PGW needs to be selected for the UE according to the second operator selection policy.
83、 根据权利要求 82所述的 MME, 其特征在于, 所述第二运营商选 择策略为: 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于 EPS连接管理空闲态 ECM-IDLE 时, 为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接处于任何状 态下都不需要为所述 UE选择新 PGW, 或者, 当所述 UE的 PDN连接不 需要保持业务连续性时为所述 UE选择新 PGW。 83. The MME according to claim 82, wherein the second operator selection strategy is: when the PDN connection of the UE is in the EPS connection management idle state ECM-IDLE, select a new PGW for the UE. , Or, when the PDN connection of the UE is in any state, there is no need to select a new PGW for the UE, or when the PDN connection of the UE does not need to maintain service continuity, a new PGW is selected for the UE.
84、 一种网络设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 84. A network device, characterized by including:
接收器, 用于获取 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息; 处理器: 用于根据所述接收器获取的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务 的业务连续性信息获取所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息; Receiver, used to obtain the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection; Processor: used to obtain the PDN connection according to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection obtained by the receiver business continuity information;
发射器,用于向移动管理实体 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性 Transmitter, used to send the business continuity of the PDN connection to the mobility management entity MME
^ I Ft自Θ、。 ^ I Ft from Θ,.
85、 根据权利要求 84所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器具 体用于: 85. The network device according to claim 84, characterized in that: the processing tool Body used for:
根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各 业务是否都需要保持连接; According to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, determine whether each of the services needs to maintain a connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If any of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的所有业务都不需要保持连续, 则确定所 述 PDN连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all services carried on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
86、 根据权利要求 84所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器具 体用于: 86. The network device according to claim 84, characterized in that the processor is specifically used to:
根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 判断所述各 业务是否都需要保持连续; According to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection, determine whether each of the services needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务中的任意一个业务需要保持连续, 确定所述 PDN连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; If any of the services carried on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, determine whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not meet the first operator selection policy, then determine the PDN Business continuity does not require continuity.
87、 根据权利要求 84-86中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 所述接收器具体用于: 87. The network device according to any one of claims 84-86, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the receiver is specifically used for:
接收包检测实体 TDF发送的各业务的业务流特征信息; Receive the business flow characteristic information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF;
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 得 到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。 Determine the business continuity of each service based on the business flow characteristic information of each service, and obtain the business continuity information of each service.
88、 根据权利要求 87所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述各业务的 业务流特征信息包括: 所述业务的五元组信息或所述业务的应用层信息。 88. The network device according to claim 87, wherein the service flow characteristic information of each service includes: quintuple information of the service or application layer information of the service.
89、 根据权利要求 87或 88所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收 器具体用于: 89. The network device according to claim 87 or 88, characterized in that the receiver is specifically used for:
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息, 以及预先存储或者从外部数据库 获得的各种业务类型的业务连续性特性信息确定所述各业务的业务连续 性。 The business continuity of each service is determined based on the service flow characteristic information of each service and the business continuity characteristic information of various service types stored in advance or obtained from an external database.
90、 根据权利要求 84-86中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 所述接收器具体用于: 90. The network device according to any one of claims 84-86, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and the receiver is specifically used for:
接收包检测实体 TDF 发送的所述各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述各业务的业务连续性信息为所述 TDF 根据所述各业务的业务流特征 信息确定的。 Receive the business continuity information of each service sent by the packet detection entity TDF, wherein the business continuity information of each service is determined by the TDF based on the business flow characteristic information of each service.
91、 根据权利要求 84-86中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF, 且为所述 UE服务的分组数 据网关 PGW和服务网关 S-GW之间的协议为无线分组服务技术隧道标签 GTP协议; 91. The network device according to any one of claims 84 to 86, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and is a packet data gateway PGW and a serving gateway S- serving the UE. The protocol between GWs is the Wireless Packet Service Technology Tunnel Label GTP protocol;
所述发射器具体用于: 通过所述 PGW和所述 S-GW向所述 MME发 送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 The transmitter is specifically configured to: send business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the PGW and the S-GW.
92、 根据权利要求 84-86中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为策略控制规则制定实体 PCRF,且为所述 UE服务的 PGW和 所述 S-GW之间的协议为代理移动互联网协议第 6版 PMIPv6协议; 92. The network device according to any one of claims 84-86, characterized in that the network device is a policy control rule formulation entity PCRF, and is between the PGW serving the UE and the S-GW. The protocol is the proxy mobile Internet protocol version 6 PMIPv6 protocol;
所述发射器具体用于: 通过所述 S-GW 向所述 MME发送所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性信息。 The transmitter is specifically configured to: send business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the S-GW.
93、 根据权利要求 84-86中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述接收器具体用于: 93. The network device according to any one of claims 84-86, characterized in that the network device is a PGW serving the UE, and the receiver is specifically used for:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; Receive the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述发射器具体用于: 通过为所述 UE服务的 SGW向所述 MME发 送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 The transmitter is specifically configured to: send business continuity information of the PDN connection to the MME through the SGW serving the UE.
94、 根据权利要求 84-86中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 PGW, 所述接收器具体用于: 94. The network device according to any one of claims 84-86, characterized in that the network device is a PGW serving the UE, and the receiver is specifically used for:
当所述 PDN连接上有新的业务发起或者结束时,所述 PGW获取所述 各业务的业务流特征信息; When a new service is initiated or terminated on the PDN connection, the PGW obtains the service flow characteristic information of each service;
根据所述各业务的业务流特征信息确定所述各业务的业务连续性, 得 到所述各业务的业务连续性信息。 Determine the business continuity of each service based on the business flow characteristic information of each service, and obtain the business continuity information of each service.
95、 根据权利要求 84-86中任一项所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所 述网络设备为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述接收器具体用于: 接收 PCRF 发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息,其中,所述 PDN 连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所述各业务的业务流 特征信息确定。 95. The network device according to any one of claims 84-86, characterized in that: The network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the receiver is specifically configured to: receive business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein: each service carried on the PDN connection The service continuity is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service.
96、 根据权利要求 84所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备 为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述接收器具体用于: 96. The network device according to claim 84, wherein the network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the receiver is specifically used to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; Receive the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述处理器具体用于: 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; The processor is specifically configured to: determine the continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
根据所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性信息判断所述 PDN连接上各承 载是否都需要保持连续; Determine whether each bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous based on the continuity information of each bearer on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续,则确定所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, then determine that the business continuity of the PDN connection needs to remain continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 则确定所述 PDN 连接的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to be continuous, then it is determined that the service continuity of the PDN connection does not need to be continuous.
97、 根据权利要求 84所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备 为为所述 UE服务的 SGW, 所述接收器具体用于: 97. The network device according to claim 84, characterized in that the network device is an SGW serving the UE, and the receiver is specifically used to:
接收 PCRF发送的所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性信息, 其中, 所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连续性由所述 PCRF根据所 述各业务的业务流特征信息确定; Receive the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection sent by the PCRF, wherein the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection is determined by the PCRF based on the service flow characteristic information of each service;
所述处理器具体用于: 根据所述 PDN连接上承载的各业务的业务连 续性信息确定所述 PDN连接上各承载的连续性; The processor is specifically configured to: determine the continuity of each bearer on the PDN connection according to the business continuity information of each service carried on the PDN connection;
如果所述 PDN连接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 确定所述 PDN 连接是否满足第一运营商选择策略; If any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, determine whether the PDN connection satisfies the first operator selection policy;
如果所述 PDN连接满足所述第一运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN 的业务连续性为需要保持连续; If the PDN connection meets the first operator selection policy, it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN needs to be continuous;
如果所述 PDN连接上所有承载都不需要保持连续, 或者所述 PDN连 接上的任意一个承载需要保持连续, 但是所述 PDN连接不满足所述第一 运营商选择策略, 则确定所述 PDN的业务连续性为不需要保持连续。 If all bearers on the PDN connection do not need to remain continuous, or any bearer on the PDN connection needs to remain continuous, but the PDN connection does not satisfy the first The operator selects a strategy and determines that the service continuity of the PDN does not need to be continuous.
98、 根据权利要求 84所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述发射器具 体用于: 98. The network device according to claim 84, characterized in that the transmitter is specifically used for:
确定所述 PDN连接的业务连续性发生变化时,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 When it is determined that the business continuity of the PDN connection changes, the business continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
99、 根据权利要求 84所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 如果所述 PDN 连接刚建立, 所述发射器具体用于: 99. The network device according to claim 84, characterized in that, if the PDN connection has just been established, the transmitter is specifically used to:
在预设时长之后,向所述 MME发送所述 PDN连接的业务连续性信息。 After a preset time period, the business continuity information of the PDN connection is sent to the MME.
PCT/CN2013/090954 2013-12-30 2013-12-30 Method and device for judging service continuity WO2015100553A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/090954 WO2015100553A1 (en) 2013-12-30 2013-12-30 Method and device for judging service continuity
CN201910413200.2A CN110430607B (en) 2013-12-30 2013-12-30 Method and device for processing service continuity
CN201380034764.6A CN105009673B (en) 2013-12-30 2013-12-30 Business continuance judgment method and equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/090954 WO2015100553A1 (en) 2013-12-30 2013-12-30 Method and device for judging service continuity

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015100553A1 true WO2015100553A1 (en) 2015-07-09

Family

ID=53492912

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/090954 WO2015100553A1 (en) 2013-12-30 2013-12-30 Method and device for judging service continuity

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN105009673B (en)
WO (1) WO2015100553A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108476438A (en) * 2015-12-28 2018-08-31 华为技术有限公司 A kind of path processing method, device and terminal
CN109076625A (en) * 2016-05-12 2018-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Access the methods, devices and systems of resource
CN109156045A (en) * 2016-05-12 2019-01-04 华为技术有限公司 Access the methods, devices and systems of resource

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106255161B (en) * 2016-08-09 2019-10-25 上海华为技术有限公司 Method, control plane CP and the user equipment (UE) that the connection of packet data network PDN is established
EP3873039B1 (en) * 2017-02-07 2023-09-06 Motorola Mobility LLC Data packet routing in a remote unit

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102448188A (en) * 2011-12-05 2012-05-09 新邮通信设备有限公司 Method for establishing multi-PDN (packet data network) connection in mobile relay and system for realizing same
US20120177005A1 (en) * 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for supporting user equipment mobility in a wireless communication system
CN102868994A (en) * 2011-07-08 2013-01-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method for supporting mobility of user equipment (UE)
CN102868999A (en) * 2011-07-04 2013-01-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for establishing packet data network connection

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101212810B (en) * 2006-12-27 2012-04-25 华为技术有限公司 Customer premise equipment switching method in radio network
CN101316440B (en) * 2007-05-28 2012-07-04 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication system for storing address of network anchor point to network server
CN101552978B (en) * 2008-03-31 2011-04-13 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and device for realizing route optimization
CN101877842A (en) * 2009-04-30 2010-11-03 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for keeping continuity of emergency services
CN102833879B (en) * 2009-08-28 2015-02-25 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for connection release
KR101494061B1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2015-02-16 엔이씨 유럽 리미티드 Method and mobile terminal device for supporting multiple simultaneous pdn connections to the same apn
CN102238727A (en) * 2010-04-22 2011-11-09 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, device and system for selecting packet data network gateway (PDN GW) node
US9125213B2 (en) * 2011-01-07 2015-09-01 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for verifying release of LIPA PDN connection in wireless communication system
EP3544326B1 (en) * 2011-01-21 2020-11-04 BlackBerry Limited Network apparatus and process to determine the connection context for connections used for (local) offloading
CN102917443A (en) * 2012-10-23 2013-02-06 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method and device for selecting gateway and transmitting information, and network system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120177005A1 (en) * 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for supporting user equipment mobility in a wireless communication system
CN102868999A (en) * 2011-07-04 2013-01-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for establishing packet data network connection
CN102868994A (en) * 2011-07-08 2013-01-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method for supporting mobility of user equipment (UE)
CN102448188A (en) * 2011-12-05 2012-05-09 新邮通信设备有限公司 Method for establishing multi-PDN (packet data network) connection in mobile relay and system for realizing same

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108476438A (en) * 2015-12-28 2018-08-31 华为技术有限公司 A kind of path processing method, device and terminal
CN109219097A (en) * 2015-12-28 2019-01-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of path processing method, device and terminal
CN108476438B (en) * 2015-12-28 2020-06-26 华为技术有限公司 Path processing method and device and terminal
US10716032B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2020-07-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Path processing method and apparatus, and terminal
CN111885653A (en) * 2015-12-28 2020-11-03 华为技术有限公司 Path processing method and device and terminal
CN111885653B (en) * 2015-12-28 2021-11-19 华为技术有限公司 Path processing method, device and medium for user equipment and user equipment
US11490353B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2022-11-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Path processing method and apparatus, and terminal
CN109076625A (en) * 2016-05-12 2018-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Access the methods, devices and systems of resource
CN109156045A (en) * 2016-05-12 2019-01-04 华为技术有限公司 Access the methods, devices and systems of resource

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110430607B (en) 2021-04-09
CN105009673A (en) 2015-10-28
CN110430607A (en) 2019-11-08
CN105009673B (en) 2019-05-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113785634B (en) Wireless device paging over wireless networks
KR102310309B1 (en) Method and apparatus for reducing voice call setup time in mobile communication network
US8787313B2 (en) Method, network system and destination network for transmitting QoS during a handover process between systems
JP5044020B2 (en) Method, system and apparatus for supporting addressing of user static IP address in LTE system
US9986496B2 (en) Method in a network node of a wireless communications network
US9019890B2 (en) Method for selecting a policy and charging rules function server on a non-roaming scene
US11129054B2 (en) Methods, systems and devices for supporting local breakout in small cell architecture
US8811342B2 (en) Method and system for deleting redundant information of home policy and charging rules function
WO2011060673A1 (en) Public bearer establishment method, data transmission method and core network side apparatus
US20140169332A1 (en) Method for supporting selection of pdn connections for a mobile terminal and mobile terminal
WO2007147345A1 (en) A method for selecting the user plane entity in network side and the control plane entity
JP6334242B2 (en) Traffic management server and management program
WO2009117879A1 (en) Method for indicating the bearer management of the service gateway
KR101549108B1 (en) Gateway relocation control method in mobile communication system, and control device
WO2016107404A1 (en) Traffic flow transmission path optimization method, device, and mme
WO2014000219A1 (en) Congestion state reporting method and access network device
WO2015100553A1 (en) Method and device for judging service continuity
WO2012142889A1 (en) Gateway selection method, implementation device and system
US20180227235A1 (en) Policy determining method and apparatus
WO2011097989A1 (en) Optimization method for local access paging and apparatus thereof
EP3734905B1 (en) Service data flow processing method and related device thereof
WO2016107405A1 (en) Traffic flow transmission path optimization method, device, and mme
WO2011150649A1 (en) Method and device for reallocating packet data gateway

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13900618

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13900618

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1